2आज बापदादा हर एक बच्चे को स्नेह और बापदादा के लव में लवलीन स्वरूप में देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kō snēh aur bāpdādā kē|K lav|love mē̃ lavlīn svarūp mē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love mē̃[postp.] lavlīn[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada each one child to love and BapDada (of|K) (Luv|love) in x form in see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3Today, BapDada is seeing every child in their form of love and the form of being merged in BapDada's love.
3एक एक बच्चा परमात्म प्यार में चमक रहा है . ēk ēk bachchā paramātma pyār mē̃ chamak rahā hai . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chamaknā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . one one child Supreme Soul love in x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
4Each child is sparkling with God's love.
4सभी बच्चे प्यार के विमान में पहुंच गये हैं . sabhī bachchē pyār kē|K vimān mē̃ pahuñch gayē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . all child love (of|K) x in reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
5All the children have arrived here in the flying vehicle of love.
5वैसे तो न्यु ईयर मनाने के लिए आये है लेकिन सभी के नयनों में क्या दिखाई दे रहा है ? vaisē tō new year manānē kē liē āyē hai lēkin sabhī kē|K nayanō̃ mē̃ kyā dikhāī dē rahā hai ? vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō new year[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ānā[x] lēkin sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kyā dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? x then New Year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for come[x] but all (of|K) eye in what be visible ?
6You have come here to celebrate the New Year, but what is visible in the eyes of all of you?
6न्यु ईयर , नया साल तो निमित्त मात्र है लेकिन आप सभी के नयनों में क्या उमंग है ? new year , nayā sāl tō nimitt mātra hai lēkin āp sabhī kē|K nayanō̃ mē̃ kyā umaṅg hai ? new year[x] , nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kyā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? New Year , new year then instrument just be[pres.sg.23] but you all (of|K) eye in what zeal be[pres.sg.23] ?
7New Year is just in name but what enthusiasm do all of you have in your eyes?
7तीन बधाईयां दे रहे हो . tīn badhāīyā̃ dē rahē hō . tīn[adj.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . x greetings give[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
8You are giving greetings for three things.
8एक अपने नये जीवन की बधाई और दूसरी नये युग की बधाई और तीसरी परिवार और बाप से मिलन की बधाई . ēk apnē nayē jīvan kī|key badhāī aur dūsrī nayē yug kī|key badhāī aur tīsrī parivār aur bāp sē milan kī|key badhāī . ēk[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yug[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . one one’s own new life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings and other new age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings and third family and father from meeting (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings .
91. Greetings for your new life. 102. Greetings for the new age. 113. Greetings of meeting your family and the Father.
9आपके नयनों में क्या घूम रहा है ? āpkē nayanō̃ mē̃ kyā ghūm rahā hai ? āp[pn.pl.kē] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kyā ghūmnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? you[.kē] eye in what walk around[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?
12What is spinning in your eyes?
10अपना नव युग सामने आ रहा है ना ! apnā nav yug sāmnē ā rahā hai nā ! apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nav[adj.] yug[x] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā ! (adopt[root]|one’s own) new age x come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ !
13Your new age is appearing in front of you, is it not?
11दिल में उमंग आ रहा है कि नया युग आया कि आया . dil mē̃ umaṅg ā rahā hai ki nayā yug āyā ki āyā . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ki[conj.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . heart in zeal come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that new age come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
14In your heart, you have the enthusiasm that the new age is about to come.
12नये युग की चमकीली ड्रेस इतना सामने स्पष्ट है कि आज संगमयुग पर हैं और जल्दी से यह चमकीली ड्रेस पहननी है . nayē yug kī|key chamkīlī dress itnā sāmnē spaṣhṭ hai ki āj saṅgamyug par haĩ aur jaldī sē yah chamkīlī dress pahannī hai . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yug[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chamkīlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dress itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāmnē spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āj saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur jaldī sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chamkīlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dress pahannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . new age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shining dress such x clearly be[pres.sg.23] that today confluence age (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3] and very quickly from this shining dress x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
15The shining dress of the new age is as clearly in front of you as though you are quickly going to wear that shining dress today in the confluence age.
13सामने देख देख खुश हो रहे हैं . sāmnē dēkh dēkh khuśh hō rahē haĩ . sāmnē dēkhnā[root] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x see[root] see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
16You are very happy to see it in front of you.
14विदाई भी दे रहे हैं और बधाई भी ले रहे हैं . vidāī bhī dē rahē haĩ aur badhāī bhī lē rahē haĩ . vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . farewell too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and greetings too take[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
17You are bidding farewell and also receiving greetings.
15जैसे पुराने साल को विदाई देते हैं फिर वह साल भूल जाता है , नया साल ही सामने आता है . jaisē purānē sāl kō vidāī dētē haĩ phir vah sāl bhūl jātā hai , nayā sāl hī sāmnē ātā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vah[pn.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . like old year to farewell give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) that year x[pres.sg.m.23] , new year only x come[pres.sg.m.23] .
18You bid farewell to the old year and you then forget that year and the New Year that is ahead comes in front of you.
16ऐसे ही आपके सामने पुरानी दुनिया को बधाई नहीं , लेकिन नई दुनिया को बधाई दे रहे हैं . aisē hī āpkē sāmnē purānī duniyā kō badhāī nahī̃ , lēkin naī duniyā kō badhāī dē rahē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāmnē purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . such only you[.kē] x old world to greetings not , but new world to greetings give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
19In the same way, you are not giving greetings to the old world ahead of you, but you are giving greetings for the new world.
17पुरानी दुनिया को विदाई दे रहे हैं . purānī duniyā kō vidāī dē rahē haĩ . purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . old world to farewell give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
20You are bidding farewell to the old world.
18तो आज सभी को उमंग-उत्साह है नये युग का , लोग भी नये वर्ष की बधाई देते हैं और साथ-साथ गिफ्ट भी देते हैं . tō āj sabhī kō umaṅg-utsāh hai nayē yug kā , lōg bhī nayē varṣh kī|key badhāī dētē haĩ aur sāth-sāth gift bhī dētē haĩ . tō āj sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yug[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sāth-sāth gift bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then today all to zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] new age of , people too new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and x gift too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
21Today, everyone has zeal and enthusiasm for the new age; people give greetings for the New Year and they also give a gift.
19तो बापदादा भी आप बच्चों को पुराने स्वभाव संस्कार को विदाई देकरके नई दुनिया में जाने की गिफ्ट दे रहे हैं , जिस नई दुनिया में प्राप्ति ही प्राप्ति है . tō bāpdādā bhī āp bachchō̃ kō purānē svabhāv saṅskār kō vidāī dēkarkē naī duniyā mē̃ jānē kī|key gift dē rahē haĩ , jis naī duniyā mē̃ prāpti hī prāpti hai . tō bāpdādā bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[abs.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , jō[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada too you child to old nature sanskar to farewell give[abs.] new world in (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that new world in attainment only attainment be[pres.sg.23] .
22BapDada is also giving you children a gift to bid farewell to the old nature and sanskars and to go into the new world where there is attainment and nothing but attainment.
20शॉर्ट में यही कहे तो अप्राप्त नहीं कोई वस्तु नई दुनिया में . short mē̃ yahī kahē tō aprāpta nahī̃ kōī vastu naī duniyā mē̃ . short mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] tō aprāpt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] kōī[pn.;d.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] . short in this (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) then unattained not some thing new world in .
23In short, you can say that there is nothing lacking in the new world.
21ऐसे गोल्डन वर्ल्ड की गिफ्ट बापदादा ने आप हर एक बच्चे को सौगात दे दी है . aisē golden world kī|key gift bāpdādā nē āp har ēk bachchē kō saugāt dē dī hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] golden world karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift bāpdādā nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . such golden world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift BapDada ∅ you each one child to gift give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .
24BapDada has given each of you children such a gift of the golden world.
22आपको भी नशा है ना कि हम गोल्डन वर्ल्ड के अधिकारी बन रहे हैं . āpkō bhī naśhā hai nā ki ham golden world kē|K adhikārī ban rahē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] golden world kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . you[.kō] too intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that we golden world (of|K) (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
25You too have the intoxication that you are becoming those who have a right to the golden world, do you not?
23ऐसी गिफ्ट और कोई दे नहीं सकते हैं . aisī gift aur kōī dē nahī̃ saktē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gift aur kōī[x] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such gift someone else (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) not can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
26No one else can give such a gift.
24बाप ने हर एक बच्चे को यह डायरेक्शन दिया है कि सभी आत्माओं को यह बाप का वर्सा गोल्डन वर्ल्ड का सन्देश देकरके उनको भी आप गिफ्ट दो . bāp nē har ēk bachchē kō yah direction diyā hai ki sabhī ātmāō̃ kō yah bāp kā varsā golden world kā sandēśh dēkarkē unkō bhī āp gift dō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] direction dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] golden world kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] gift dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . father ∅ each one child to this direction give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that all soul to this father of inheritance golden world of message give[abs.] that[.kō] too you gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
27The Father has given each child the direction: Give all souls the gift of the Father's inheritance, the message of the golden world.
25आपके पास कौन सी गिफ्ट है ? āpkē pās|pass kaun see|sī|C gift hai ? āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C gift hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.kē] (x|pass) who (see|x) gift be[pres.sg.23] ?
28What gift do you have?
26एक तो नई दुनिया की गिफ्ट दो और दूसरा आपके पास बहुत खज़ाने हैं . ēk tō naī duniyā kī|key gift dō aur dūsrā āpkē pās|pass bahut khazānē haĩ . ēk[adj.] tō nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass bahut khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . one then new world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and other you[.kē] (x|pass) very treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 27गुणों का खज़ाना , शक्तियों का खज़ाना , स्वमान के खज़ाने , कितने खज़ाने हैं . guṇō̃ kā khazānā , śhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā , svamān kē|K khazānē , kitnē khazānē haĩ . guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . virtue of treasure , Shakti of treasure , self-respect (of|K) treasure , so treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
29Firstly, give them the gift of the new world, and secondly, you have many treasures: the treasure of virtues, the treasure of powers, the treasure of self-respect; you have so many treasures.
28तो सभी को कोई न कोई गुण , कोई न कोई शक्ति की गिफ्ट दो जिस गिफ्ट से उन्हों की जीवन बदल जाए और गोल्डन दुनिया के अधिकारी बन जाये क्योंकि आजकल देख रहे हो चारों ओर दुःख अशान्ति बढ़ रहा है . tō sabhī kō kōī na kōī guṇ , kōī na kōī śhakti kī|key gift dō jis gift sē unhō̃ kī|key jīvan badal jāē aur golden duniyā kē|K adhikārī ban jāyē kyōṅki ājkal dēkh rahē hō chārō̃ ōr duḥkh aśhānti baṛh rahā hai . tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kōī na kōī[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.o.] gift sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] aur golden duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] kyōṅki ājkal dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] chārō̃ ōr[x] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then all to one .. or another virtue , one .. or another Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) that gift from that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) life change[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] and golden world (of|K) (one) who has a right become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] because nowadays see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] everywhere (sorrow|hurt[root]) peacelessness grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
30So, give everyone the gift of one or another virtue or one or another power so that their lives change through this gift and they claim a right to the golden world because you can see that sorrow and peacelessness are nowadays increasing everywhere.
29चारों ओर भय और चिंता हर एक में है . chārō̃ ōr bhay aur chintā har ēk mē̃ hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] bhay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chintā[n.f.;sg.] har ēk[x] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everywhere fear and worry each one in be[pres.sg.23] .
31Everywhere, everyone has fear and worry.
30ऐसे दुःखी अशान्त आत्माओं को कम से कम यह सन्देश जरूर दो कि अब बाप आये हैं अब से अविनाशी वर्से के अधिकारी बन जाओ . aisē duḥkhī aśhānt ātmāō̃ kō kam sē kam yah sandēśh jarūr dō ki ab bāp āyē haĩ ab sē avināśhī varsē kē|K adhikārī ban jāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] aśhānt[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kam sē kam[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] zarūr dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ab[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.] sē[postp.] avināśhī[adj.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . such (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) peaceless soul to at least this message definitely (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) that now father come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] now from imperishable inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
32At the very least, give those unhappy and peaceless souls the message that the Father has now come: become one who has a right to the imperishable inheritance from now.
31यह सन्देश हर आत्मा को दे भी रहे हो लेकिन अभी भी कई बाप के बच्चे सन्देश से भी वंचित रहे हुए हैं . yah sandēśh har|her ātmā kō dē bhī rahē hō lēkin abhī bhī kaī bāp kē|K bachchē sandēśh sē bhī vañchit rahē huē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] har|harnā[root]|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] kaī bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sandēśh[x] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] vañchit[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . this message (x|x[root]) soul to (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but now too some father (of|K) child message from too deprived (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
33You are giving every soul this message, but, even now, some of the Father's children are still deprived of the message.
32फिर भी एक बाप के बच्चे हैं ना तो अपने भाई बहिनों को यह सन्देश की गिफ्ट जरूर दो . phir bhī ēk bāp kē|K bachchē haĩ nā tō apnē bhāī bahinō̃ kō yah sandēśh kī|key gift jarūr dō . phir bhī[x] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift zarūr dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . nevertheless one father (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ then one’s own (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x to this message (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift definitely (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
34Nevertheless, you are the children of the one Father, and so definitely give the gift of this message to your brothers and sisters.
33कोई भी रह नहीं जाए . kōī bhī rah nahī̃ jāē . kōī bhī[x] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.sg.23]|jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . anyone remain[root] not (go[opt.sg.23]|go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
35No one should be left out.
34कर रहे हैं सेवा , बापदादा बच्चों की सेवा देख खुश है लेकिन बाप की यही आशा है कि मेरा कोई भी बच्चा सन्देश से रह नहीं जाये . kar rahē haĩ sēvā , bāpdādā bachchō̃ kī|key sēvā dēkh khuśh hai lēkin bāp kī|key yahī āśhā hai ki mērā kōī bhī bachchā sandēśh sē rah nahī̃ jāyē . karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yahī[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kōī bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sandēśh[x] sē[postp.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] service , BapDada child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service see[root] happy be[pres.sg.23] but father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this desire be[pres.sg.23] that I[.kā] anyone child message from remain[root] not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
36You are doing service and BapDada is pleased to see the service of you children, but the Father's hope is that none of His children should be left out of receiving this message.
35उल्हना नहीं दे कि आपको गोल्डन वर्ल्ड की सौगात मिली और हमको पता नहीं पड़ा . ulhanā nahī̃ dē ki āpkō golden world kī|key saugāt milī aur hamkō patā nahī̃ paṛā . ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kō] golden world karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] aur ham[pn.pl.kō] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . complaint not (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) that you[.kō] golden world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift receive[past-part.f.] and we[.kō] knowledge not fall[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
37They should not complain that you received the gift of the golden world and they did not even know about it.
36हमारा बाप आया लेकिन हमें सन्देश नहीं मिला इसलिए इस नये साल में यही प्रयत्न करो , आपस में प्लैन बनाओ कि कोई भी कोना रह नहीं जाये . hamārā bāp āyā lēkin hamē̃ sandēśh nahī̃ milā isliē is nayē sāl mē̃ yahī prayatna karō , āpas mē̃ plan banāō ki kōī bhī kōnā rah nahī̃ jāyē . ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin ham[pn.pl.kō] sandēśh[x] nahī̃[neg] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] prayatna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āpas mē̃[x] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] kōī bhī[x] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . we[.kā] father come[past-part.m.sg.d.] but we[.kō] message not (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) therefore this new year in this x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , with each other plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that anyone corner remain[root] not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
38"Our Father came and we did not receive that message". 39This is why this is the effort you have to make in the New Year. 40Make a plan amongst yourselves so that no corner is left out.
37उल्हना नहीं मिले लेकिन खुश हो जाये , मालूम तो पड़े कि हमारा बाप आ गया . ulhanā nahī̃ milē lēkin khuśh hō jāyē , mālūm tō paṛē ki hamārā bāp ā gayā . ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , mālūm[adj.] tō paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . complaint not (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) but happy be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , x then (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) that we[.kā] father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
41You should not receive any complaints, but they should become happy: at least they should know, "Our Father has come!"
38वंचित नहीं रह जाएं . vañchit nahī̃ rah jāē̃ . vañchit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . deprived not remain[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
42They should not remain deprived.
39तो इस नये साल में क्या करेंगे ? tō is nayē sāl mē̃ kyā karē̃gē ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then this new year in what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
43So, what will you do in this New Year?
40आपस में मिलके प्लैन बनाओ , बापदादा को हर एक बच्चे के ऊपर रहम आता है . āpas mē̃ milkē plan banāō , bāpdādā kō har ēk bachchē kē ūpar rahm ātā hai . āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē ūpar[x] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . with each other receive[abs.] plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada to each one child over mercy come[pres.sg.m.23] .
44Get together and make a plan: BapDada feels mercy for every child.
41तो आपको भी भाई-बहिनों के ऊपर अभी विशेष रहमदिल , कल्याणकारी स्वरूप धारण कर सबको सन्देश देना है . tō āpkō bhī bhāī-bahinō̃ kē ūpar abhī viśhēṣh merciful , kalyāṇkārī svarūp dhāraṇ kar sabkō sandēśh dēnā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] ab[adv.hī] viśhēṣh[adj.] merciful , kalyāṇkārī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ karnā[root] sabkō sandēśh[x] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then you[.kō] too brother and sister over now special merciful , beneficial form adopt[root] everything message give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
45You, too, especially have to adopt a merciful and benevolent form towards your brothers and sisters and give everyone the message.
42कम से कम ऐसा तो उल्हना नहीं देवे . kam sē kam aisā tō ulhanā nahī̃ dēvē . kam sē kam[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.sg.23] . at least such then complaint not give[opt.sg.23] .
46At least they should not make such a complaint.
43तो आज सभी बच्चे नये वर्ष मनाने के उमंग उत्साह से पहुंच गये हैं . tō āj sabhī bachchē nayē varṣh manānē kē|K umaṅg utsāh sē pahuñch gayē haĩ . tō āj sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . then today all child new year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) zeal enthusiasm from reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
47So, today, all the children have arrived here with the zeal and enthusiasm to celebrate the New Year.
44बापदादा एक-एक बच्चे को देख क्या गीत गाते ? bāpdādā ēk-ēk bachchē kō dēkh kyā gīt gātē ? bāpdādā ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] kyā gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? BapDada one child to see[root] what x sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
48What song does BapDada sing on seeing each and every child?
45जानते हो ना ! jāntē hō nā ! jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
49You know that, do you not?
46वाह बच्चे वाह ! vāh bachchē vāh ! vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! wah! child wah! !
50Wah child! 51Wah!
47जो पहले बारी भी आये हैं उन्हों को भी बापदादा कह रहे हैं कि लक्की हो जो समय समाप्त के पहले बाप के बन गये . jō pahlē bārī bhī āyē haĩ unhō̃ kō bhī bāpdādā kah rahē haĩ ki lucky hō jō samay samāpt kē|K pahlē bāp kē|K ban gayē . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] lucky hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . that (x|firstly) x too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to too BapDada say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that lucky (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that time finished (of|K) (x|firstly) father (of|K) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
52Even to those who have come here for the first time, BapDada says: You are lucky that you belong to the Father before the completion of time.
48नये बच्चों को बापदादा पदम पदमगुणा लक्की बनने की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . nayē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā padam padamguṇā lucky bannē kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lucky bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . new child to BapDada multimillion multimillion-fold lucky become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
53BapDada is giving multi, multimillionfold congratulations to the new children for becoming lucky.
49आजकल बापदादा एक बात सभी बच्चों में देखने चाहते हैं जानते हो कौन सी ? ājkal bāpdādā ēk bāt sabhī bachchō̃ mē̃ dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ jāntē hō kaun see|sī|C ? ājkal bāpdādā ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C ? nowadays BapDada one matter all child in see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] know[pres.pl.m.2] who (see|x) ?
54Nowadays, BapDada wants to see one thing in all the children. 55Do you know what that is?
50जैसे हर एक के दिल में उमंग है , लक्ष्य है कि हम बाप समान बनने वाले ही हैं , बनेंगे नहीं , बनने वाले ही हैं तो जैसे लक्ष्य है , ऐसे अभी बापदादा लक्ष्य के साथ लक्षण भी देखने चाहते हैं . jaisē har ēk kē|K dil mē̃ umaṅg hai , lakṣhya hai ki ham bāp samān bannē vālē hī haĩ , banē̃gē nahī̃ , bannē vālē hī haĩ tō jaisē lakṣhya hai , aisē abhī bāpdādā lakṣhya kē sāth lakṣhaṇ bhī dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā lakṣhya[adj.] kē sāth[x] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . like each one (of|K) heart in zeal be[pres.sg.23] , aim be[pres.sg.23] that we equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who only be[pres.pl.12hon3] , become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who only be[pres.pl.12hon3] then like aim be[pres.sg.23] , such now BapDada aim with qualification too see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
56Each of you has enthusiasm in your heart for the aim that you are going to become equal to the Father; not that you will become that at some point, but that you are definitely going to become that. 57Just as you have that aim, so together with the aim BapDada now also wants to see the qualifications of that aim.
51जैसे समान बनने का लक्ष्य है ऐसे ही समान बनने के लक्षण भी हों . jaisē samān bannē kā lakṣhya hai aisē hī samān bannē kē|K lakṣhaṇ bhī hō̃ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . like equal become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim be[pres.sg.23] such only equal become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) qualification too be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
58Just as you have the aim of becoming equal, so too, you must also have the qualifications for becoming equal.
52अभी लक्ष्य बहुत ऊंचा है लेकिन लक्षण पर विशेष अटेन्शन देना है . abhī lakṣhya bahut ūñchā hai lēkin lakṣhaṇ par viśhēṣh attention dēnā hai . ab[adv.hī] lakṣhya[adj.] bahut ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now aim very elevated be[pres.sg.23] but qualification (at|other) special attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
59Now, your aim is very high but you have to pay special attention to its qualifications.
53समान , जितना बड़ा लक्ष्य उतना ही बड़ा लक्षण हो . samān , jitnā baṛā lakṣhya utnā hī baṛā lakṣhaṇ hō . samān[adj.] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . equal , the more very aim x only very qualification (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
60Equal - to the extent that the aim is high, so too, the qualifications for that are just as high.
54अभी कोई-कोई बच्चे लक्षण धारण करना चाहते हैं लेकिन बीच-बीच में फिर भी कह देते हैं , चाहते बहुत हैं लेकिन … तो यह लेकिन निकल जाए . abhī kōī-kōī bachchē lakṣhaṇ dhāraṇ karnā chāhtē haĩ lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃ phir bhī kah dētē haĩ , chāhtē bahut haĩ lēkin … tō yah lēkin nikal jāē . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃[x] phir bhī[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin … tō yah[pn.sg.d.] lēkin nikalnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . now some child qualification adopt[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] but x nevertheless say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very be[pres.pl.12hon3] but … then this but be extracted[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
61Now, you children do want to imbibe those qualifications, but meanwhile some say, "I want this very much, but..." 62So this "but" should now be removed.
55आपकी चलन और चेहरा दूर से ही जितना बड़ा लक्ष्य है , इतना लक्षण चेहरे से दिखाई दे , चलन से दिखाई दे . āpkī chalan aur chēhrā dūr sē hī jitnā baṛā lakṣhya hai , itnā lakṣhaṇ chēhrē sē dikhāī dē , chalan sē dikhāī dē . āp[pn.pl.kī] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] , chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . you[.kī] behaviour and face distant from only the more very aim be[pres.sg.23] , such qualification face from be visible , behaviour from be visible .
63Just as it is visible from a distance through your face and activity how high the aim is, so too, the qualifications should also be visible from your face and your activity.
56जैसे आप पहले देह-अभिमान में थे लेकिन जब देह-अभिमान में थे तो देह-अभिमान की नेचर नेचुरल थी , कभी पुरूषार्थ किया क्या कि देह अभिमान आवे , नेचर नेचुरल देह-अभिमान रहा . jaisē āp pahlē dēh-abhimān mē̃ thē lēkin jab dēh-abhimān mē̃ thē tō dēh-abhimān kī|key nature natural thī , kabhī purūṣhārth kiyā kyā ki dēh abhimān āvē , nature natural dēh-abhimān rahā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past.pl] lēkin jab dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past.pl] tō dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nature natural hōnā[past.f] , kabhī[adv.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā ki[conj.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , nature natural dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] . like you (x|firstly) body consciousness in be[past.pl] but when body consciousness in be[past.pl] then body consciousness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) nature natural be[past.f] , ever effort do[past-part.m.sg.d.] what that body arrogance come[opt.sg.23] , nature natural body consciousness (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) . 57आधाकल्प पुरूषार्थ नहीं किया , ऐसे ही अब भी देही-अभिमानी बनने की नेचर नेचुरल है ! ādhākalp purūṣhārth nahī̃ kiyā , aisē hī ab bhī dēhī-abhimānī bannē kī|key nature natural hai ! ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] puruṣhārth nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ab[adv.] bhī[p.] dēhī-abhimānī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nature natural hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! for half a cycle effort not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , such only now too soul conscious become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) nature natural be[pres.sg.23] !
64For instance, earlier, when you were in a state of body consciousness, your natural nature was that of body consciousness. 65Did you ever make effort to become body conscious? 66Your natural nature was that of body consciousness; you did not make effort for that for half the cycle. 67Similarly, now too, it should be your natural nature to be soul conscious.
58जब देह-अभिमान की नेचर नेचुरल रही , कभी याद आता है कि देह-अभिमान में आ जाऊं , यह पुरूषार्थ किया ? jab dēh-abhimān kī|key nature natural rahī , kabhī yād ātā hai ki dēh-abhimān mē̃ ā jāū̃ , yah purūṣhārth kiyā ? jab dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nature natural rahnā[past-part.f.] , kabhī[adv.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.1.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? when body consciousness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) nature natural remain[past-part.f.] , ever remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] that body consciousness in come[opt.sg.1.root+jānā] , this effort do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
68Since the nature of body consciousness became natural, do you ever remember having to become body conscious? 69Did you ever make that effort?
59अभी भी देह-अभिमान और देही-अभिमान , तो देही-अभिमानी बनने में भी मेहनत क्यों ! abhī bhī dēh-abhimān aur dēhī-abhimān , tō dēhī-abhimānī bannē mē̃ bhī mēhnat kyō̃ ! ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] aur dēhī-abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō dēhī-abhimānī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ ! now too body consciousness and soul consciousness , then soul conscious become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too effort why !
70Even now, there is body consciousness and soul consciousness, and so why is there effort to become soul conscious?
60क्योंकि बापदादा के पास समाचार आते हैं कि कभी-कभी देह-अभिमान को मिटाने की मेहनत करनी पड़ती है . kyōṅki bāpdādā kē pās samāchār ātē haĩ ki kabhī-kabhī dēh-abhimān kō miṭānē kī|key mēhnat karnī paṛtī hai . kyōṅki bāpdādā kē pās[x] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] miṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . because BapDada to news come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that ever body consciousness to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .
71BapDada receives news that you sometimes have to make effort to finish body consciousness.
61जब देह-अभिमान नेचुरल रहा तो देही-अभिमान में मेहनत क्यों ? jab dēh-abhimān natural rahā tō dēhī-abhimān mē̃ mēhnat kyō̃ ? jab dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] natural rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] tō dēhī-abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ ? when body consciousness natural (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) then soul consciousness in effort why ?
72Since it was natural to be body conscious, then why should it take effort to be soul conscious?
62तो बापदादा को मेहनत बच्चों की अच्छी नहीं लगती . tō bāpdādā kō mēhnat bachchō̃ kī|key achchhī nahī̃ lagtī . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] . then BapDada to effort child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) achcha not x[pres-part.f.] .
73BapDada does not like the children having to labour.
63मेहनत मुक्त बन जाएं और नेचुरल नेचर बन जाए , इसको कहा जाता है लक्ष्य और लक्षण समान . mēhnat mukt ban jāē̃ aur natural nature ban jāē , iskō kahā jātā hai lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ samān . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] mukt[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] aur natural nature[x] bannā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] . effort free become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] and natural nature become[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) aim and qualification equal .
74Become free from having to labour and have this natural nature. 75This is known as having an aim with equal qualifications.
64फिर आप देखो बाप समान बनना बहुत सहज और नेचुरल लगेगा . phir āp dēkhō bāp samān bannā bahut sahaj aur natural lagēgā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] aur natural lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (turn[root]|then) you see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] very easy and natural x[fut.m.sg.23] .
76Then, just see how it will be very easy and natural to become equal to the Father.
65जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप को देखा इतने बड़े परिवार की जिम्मेवारी होते भी नेचुरल नेचर देही अभिमानी की रही . jaisē brahmā bāp kō dēkhā itnē baṛē parivār kī|key jimmēvārī hōtē bhī natural nature dēhī abhimānī kī rahī . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] natural nature[x] dēhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhimānī[adj.] karnā[past-part.f..past-part+rahnā] . like Brahma father to see[past-part.m.sg.d.] such very family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) responsibility be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too natural nature soul conscious do[past-part.f..past-part+rahnā] .
77You saw Father Brahma: while having responsibility for such a large family, he had the natural nature of soul consciousness.
66चाहे बच्चों के ऊपर भी जिम्मेवारी है लेकिन ब्रह्मा बाप के आगे वह जिम्मेवारी क्या लगती है ! chāhē bachchō̃ kē ūpar bhī jimmēvārī hai lēkin brahmā bāp kē āgē vah jimmēvārī kyā lagtī hai ! chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] bhī[p.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ! (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) child over too responsibility be[pres.sg.23] but Brahma father in front of that responsibility what x[pres.sg.f.23] !
78Even the children have responsibility, but what is that responsibility in front of Father Brahma's?
67कोई भी जिम्मेवारी है , मानो ज़ोन की जिम्मेवारी है , या कोई आफीशियल यज्ञ कारोबार की जिम्मेवारी है लेकिन वह जिम्मेवारी ब्रह्मा बाबा के आगे क्या है ! kōī bhī jimmēvārī hai , mānō zone kī|key jimmēvārī hai , yā kōī official yagya kārōbār kī|key jimmēvārī hai lēkin vah jimmēvārī brahmā bābā kē āgē kyā hai ! kōī bhī[x] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] zone karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yā kōī[pn.;d.] official yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārōbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] brahmā bābā[x] kē āgē[x] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! anyone responsibility be[pres.sg.23] , x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] zone (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) responsibility be[pres.sg.23] , or some official sacrificial fire x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) responsibility be[pres.sg.23] but that responsibility x in front of what be[pres.sg.23] !
79Whatever responsibility it may be - for instance, it may be the responsibility of a zone or of some official business of the yagya - what is that responsibility in front of Brahma Baba's?
68ब्रह्मा बाप ने शिवबाबा की मदद से प्रैक्टिकल में दिखाया कि करावनहार करा रहे हैं , हम करनहार बन बाप समान न्यारे और प्यारे हैं . brahmā bāp nē śhivbābā kī|key madad sē practical mē̃ dikhāyā ki karāvanhār karā rahē haĩ , ham karanhār ban bāp samān nyārē aur pyārē haĩ . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] śhivbābā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] karāvanhār karānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] karanhār[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] bāp samān[x] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Brahma father ∅ Shiv Baba (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x from practical in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] that karavanhar make commit[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , we Karanhar (x|become[root]) equal to the Father unique and loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
80With help from Shiv Baba, Brahma Baba demonstrated practically how Karavanhar (One who inspires others) is making him do everything and that he himself is karanhar (one who is doing) whilst being loving and detached equal to the Father.
69तो बाप समान बनने चाहते तो यह चेक करो कुछ भी चाहे मन्सा , चाहे वाचा चाहे कर्मणा ड्युटीज हैं लेकिन मैं करनहार हूँ , ट्रस्टी हूँ , करावनहार मालिक शिवबाबा है , यह करावनहार का पाठ चलते-चलते भूल जाता है . tō bāp samān bannē chāhtē tō yah check karō kuchh bhī chāhē mansā , chāhē vāchā chāhē karmaṇā duties haĩ lēkin maĩ karanhār hū̃ , trustee hū̃ , karāvanhār mālik śhivbābā hai , yah karāvanhār kā pāṭh chaltē-chaltē bhūl jātā hai . tō bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kuchh bhī[x] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāchā chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karmaṇā duty hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karanhār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , trustee hōnā[pres.sg.1] , karāvanhār mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhivbābā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karāvanhār kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . then equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] anything (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x duty be[pres.pl.12hon3] but I Karanhar be[pres.sg.1] , trustee be[pres.sg.1] , karavanhar master Shiv Baba be[pres.sg.23] , this karavanhar of lesson continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.sg.m.23] .
81If you wish to become equal to the Father, then check this. 82Whether it is your thoughts, your words or your duties in terms of your actions: "I am karanhar and a trustee, and Shiv Baba is the Karavanhar Master." 83You forget this lesson of Karavanhar as you move along.
70तो लक्ष्य और लक्षण दोनों को समान बनाना है . tō lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ dōnō̃ kō samān banānā hai . tō lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ kō[postp.] samān[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then aim and qualification x to equal create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
84So you have to make the aim and its qualifications equal.
71अब पुराने साल को विदाई देने के साथ इस लक्ष्य को लक्षण में लाना है . ab purānē sāl kō vidāī dēnē kē sāth is lakṣhya kō lakṣhaṇ mē̃ lānā hai . ab[adv.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē sāth[x] yah[pn.sg.o.] lakṣhya[adj.] kō[postp.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now old year to farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] with this aim to qualification in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
85Now, together with bidding farewell to the old year, you have to bring about the qualifications of your aim.
72नया साल तो नई बातें . nayā sāl tō naī bātē̃ . nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . new year then new matter .
86There has to be new things for the New Year.
73क्या करूं , माया आ जाती है , चाहते नहीं हैं लेकिन आ जाती है यह शब्द वा संकल्प पुराने वर्ष के साथ इसको भी विदाई दो . kyā karū̃ , māyā ā jātī hai , chāhtē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin ā jātī hai yah śhabda vā saṅkalp purānē varṣh kē sāth iskō bhī vidāī dō . kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] yah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . what do[opt.sg.1] , Maya come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] this word or thought old year with this[.kō] too farewell (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
87"What can I do? 88Maya comes. 89Even though I don't want her to come, she comes." 90Together with bidding farewell to the old year, also bid farewell to such words and thoughts.
74सिर्फ साल को विदाई नहीं देना . sirph sāl kō vidāī nahī̃ dēnā . sirph[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only year to farewell not give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
91Do not bid farewell just to the year.
75बापदादा ने सुनाया था कि माया भी बापदादा के पास आती है और क्या कहती है ? bāpdādā nē sunāyā thā ki māyā bhī bāpdādā kē pās ātī hai aur kyā kahtī hai ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] aur kyā kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? BapDada ∅ speak[past-perf.m.sg.] that Maya too BapDada to come[pres.sg.f.23] and what say[pres.sg.f.23] ?
92BapDada has told you that Maya too comes to BapDada and what does she say?
76मैं तो समझती हूँ , मेरे जाने का समय है लेकिन कोई-कोई बच्चे आह्वान करते हैं मेरा तो मैं क्या करूं . maĩ tō samajhtī hū̃ , mērē jānē kā samay hai lēkin kōī-kōī bachchē āhvān kartē haĩ mērā tō maĩ kyā karū̃ . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō samajhnā[pres.sg.f.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] . I then understand[pres.sg.f.1] , I[.kē] (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) of time be[pres.sg.23] but some child invocation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] I[.kā] then I what do[opt.sg.1] .
93"I understand that it is now time for me to go, but what can I do when some children invoke me?"
77तो आज विदाई के साथ माया के भिन्न-भिन्न रूप को भी विदाई देनी है . tō āj vidāī kē sāth māyā kē|K bhinn-bhinn rūp kō bhī vidāī dēnī hai . tō āj vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē sāth[x] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then today farewell with Maya (of|K) different Rup to too farewell give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
94So, today, together with bidding farewell, you also have to bid farewell to the various forms of Maya.
78है हिम्मत ? hai himmat ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] courage ?
95Do you have that courage?
79हिम्मत है ? himmat hai ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
96Do you have courage?
80हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
97Raise your hands!
81विदाई देने की हिम्मत है ? vidāī dēnē kī|key himmat hai ? vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
98Do you have the courage to bid her farewell?
82पीछे वालों को हिम्मत है ? pīchhē vālō̃ kō himmat hai ? pīchhē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x those who to courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
99Those sitting at the back, do you have courage?
83जिसमें हिम्मत हो , वह हाथ उठाओ . jismē̃ himmat hō , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.mē̃] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.mē̃] courage (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that raise your hands .
100Those who have courage, raise your hands!
84तो बाप इस हिम्मत की बहुत पदम-पदम गुणा बधाई देते हैं . tō bāp is himmat kī|key bahut padam-padam guṇā badhāī dētē haĩ . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then father this courage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very multimillion fold greetings give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
101The Father is giving you multi, multimillionfold congratulations for this courage.
85क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
102Why?
86क्यों बापदादा इस पर जोर दे रहे हैं ? kyō̃ bāpdādā is par jōr dē rahē haĩ ? kyō̃ bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] zōr[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? why BapDada this (at|other) x give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
103Why is BapDada emphasising this?
87क्योंकि आप सभी देख रहे हो दुनिया की हालतें बिगड़ने में शुरू जोर से हो रही हैं और बापदादा का यह महावाक्य कुछ समय से चल रहा है कि अचानक होना है . kyōṅki āp sabhī dēkh rahē hō duniyā kī|key hālatē̃ bigaṛnē mē̃ śhurū jōr sē hō rahī haĩ aur bāpdādā kā yah mahāvākya kuchh samay sē chal rahā hai ki achānak hōnā hai . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bigaṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] zōr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] aur bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] mahāvākya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ki[conj.] achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because you all see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) situation be spoilt[inf.m.pl.,o.] in beginning x from be[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] and BapDada of this elevated version anything time from continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
104Because all of you can see that the conditions of the world have begun to get worse with full force, for some time and BapDada has been speaking these elevated versions that it will happen suddenly.
88तो अचानक होना है और अगर बहुत समय का अभ्यास नहीं होगा तो बताओ अचानक के समय अभ्यास की आवश्यकता है ना ! tō achānak hōnā hai aur agar bahut samay kā abhyās nahī̃ hōgā tō batāō achānak kē|K samay abhyās kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai nā ! tō achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur agar bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achānak kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and if very time of practice not be[fut.m.sg.23] then tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] suddenly (of|K) time practice (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
105It has to happen suddenly and if you don't have the practice over a long period of time, then, tell Me, at the time of "suddenly" you will need this practice, will you not?
89अभी-अभी देखो बापदादा ने होम वर्क दिया , 10 मिनट , टोटल 24 बारी 10-10 मिनट का होमवर्क दिया , तो कई बच्चों को मुश्किल हो रहा है . abhī-abhī dēkhō bāpdādā nē home work diyā , 10 minute , total 24 bārī 10-10 minute kā homework diyā , tō kaī bachchō̃ kō muśhkil hō rahā hai . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāpdādā nē[postp.] home work[x] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , 10 minute , total 24 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 10-10 minute kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] BapDada ∅ homework give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , 10 minute , total 24 x 10-10 minute of homework give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then some child to difficult be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
106Just recently BapDada gave homework of ten minutes for a total of 24 times. 107The homework was of ten minutes each time but some children find this difficult.
90तो सोचो , अगर 10 मिनट का अभ्यास का नहीं हो सकता तो अचानक में उस समय क्या करेंगे ? tō sōchō , agar 10 minute kā abhyās kā nahī̃ hō saktā tō achānak mē̃ us samay kyā karē̃gē ? tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , agar 10 minute kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō achānak mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , if 10 minute of practice of not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then suddenly in that time what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
108Just think: you cannot have ten minutes of this practice, what will happen when it happens suddenly?
91बापदादा जानते हैं कि 24 बारी में कईयों को समय थोड़ा कम मिलता है , लेकिन बापदादा ने ट्रायल की कि 10 मिनट एक ही स्मृति में जब चाहे , जैसे चाहे वैसे कर सकते हैं , बापदादा यह नहीं कहते अभी भी 10 मिनट करो , अच्छा नहीं हो सकता , जिसको हो सकता है वह करे , अगर नहीं हो सकता है तो 5 मिनट करो , 5 मिनट से 7 मिनट , 6 मिनट , जितना भी बढ़ा सको उतनी ट्रायल करो . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki 24 bārī mē̃ kaīyō̃ kō samay thōṛā cum|kam miltā hai , lēkin bāpdādā nē trial kī|key ki 10 minute ēk hī smr̥iti mē̃ jab chāhē , jaisē chāhē vaisē kar saktē haĩ , bāpdādā yah nahī̃ kahtē abhī bhī 10 minute karō , achchhā nahī̃ hō saktā , jiskō hō saktā hai vah karē , agar nahī̃ hō saktā hai tō 5 minute karō , 5 minute sē 7 minute , 6 minute , jitnā bhī baṛhā sakō utnī trial karō . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] 24 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] trial karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ki[conj.] 10 minute ēk[adj.] hī[p.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jab chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] 10 minute karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.sg.kō] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , agar nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] tō 5 minute karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 5 minute sē[postp.] 7 minute , 6 minute , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that 24 x in some to time short (x|less) receive[pres.sg.m.23] , but BapDada ∅ try (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that 10 minute one only awareness in when (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , like (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , BapDada this not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] now too 10 minute do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achcha not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , that[.kō] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] that do[opt.sg.23] , if not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] then 5 minute do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 5 minute from 7 minute , 6 minute , the more too increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] x try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
109BapDada knows that when you have to do it 24 times, some of you don't have that much time, but BapDada was just trying it. 110Are you able to stay in one awareness for ten minutes whenever you want and how you want? 111BapDada is not saying that you have to stay in that stage for ten minutes right now. 112OK, you are not able to do that. 113Those who can do it should do it and if you are not able to do it, then you can do it for five minutes, seven or six minutes: try it out for as long as you can.
92बापदादा खुद ही कह रहा है इसमें ऐसी बात नहीं है . bāpdādā khud hī kah rahā hai ismē̃ aisī bāt nahī̃ hai . bāpdādā khud hī[p.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada oneself only say[pres.sg.m.prog.23] this[.mē̃] such matter not be[pres.sg.23] .
114BapDada Himself is saying that it is not fixed.
93अगर 10 मिनट ज्यादा टाइम लगता है तो चलो 8 मिनट करो , 9 मिनट करो , जितना ज्यादा कर सको उतनी आदत डालो क्योंकि बहुतकाल का वरदान प्रैक्टिकल में अभी कर सकते हैं . agar 10 minute jyādā time lagtā hai tō chalō 8 minute karō , 9 minute karō , jitnā jyādā kar sakō utnī ādat ḍālō kyōṅki bahutkāl kā vardān practical mē̃ abhī kar saktē haĩ . agar 10 minute jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 8 minute karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 9 minute karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ādat[n.f.;sg.] ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] practical mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . if 10 minute more time x[pres.sg.m.23] then continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 8 minute do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 9 minute do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the more more do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] x habit create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because a long period of time of blessing practical in now do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
115If you find that ten minutes is too much, you can do it for eight minutes or nine minutes - instil the habit for as long as possible because it is now that you have put the blessing of "over a long period of time" into a practical form.
94अगर अभी बहुतकाल का अभ्यास नहीं होगा तो अभी के बहुतकाल का पुरूषार्थ की जो प्राप्ति है , आधाकल्प की उस बहुतकाल में फर्क पड़ जायेगा . agar abhī bahutkāl kā abhyās nahī̃ hōgā tō abhī kē|K bahutkāl kā purūṣhārth kī|key jō prāpti hai , ādhākalp kī|key us bahutkāl mē̃ phark paṛ jāyēgā . agar ab[adv.hī] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vah[pn.sg.o.] bahutkāl mē̃[postp.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . if now a long period of time of practice not be[fut.m.sg.23] then now (of|K) a long period of time of effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that attainment be[pres.sg.23] , for half a cycle (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that a long period of time in difference fall[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
116If you are not able to practise this over a long period of time now, then for the attainment of the effort of a long period of time at the present time, there will be a difference in length in terms of half the cycle.
95अगर अभी कम समय देंगे , जितना हो सकता है उतना बापदादा ने छुट्टी दे दी है , अगर 5 मिनट से ज्यादा करो , 10 मिनट नहीं हो सकता है तो 7 मिनट करो , 8 मिनट करो , 5 मिनट की भी छुट्टी है . agar abhī cum|kam samay dēgē , jitnā hō saktā hai utnā bāpdādā nē chhuṭṭī dē dī hai , agar 5 minute sē jyādā karō , 10 minute nahī̃ hō saktā hai tō 7 minute karō , 8 minute karō , 5 minute kī|key bhī chhuṭṭī hai . agar ab[adv.hī] cum|kam[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] , agar 5 minute sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 10 minute nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] tō 7 minute karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 8 minute karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 5 minute karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if now (x|less) time give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , the more be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] x BapDada ∅ permission give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] , if 5 minute from more do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 10 minute not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] then 7 minute do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 8 minute do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 5 minute (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too permission be[pres.sg.23] . 96लेकिन अगर कोई भी समय 10 मिनट हो तो अच्छा है . lēkin agar kōī bhī samay 10 minute hō tō achchhā hai . lēkin agar kōī bhī[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] 10 minute hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but if anyone time 10 minute (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
117If you give less time now, BapDada has given permission for you to do it for as long as possible. 118If you do it for longer than five minutes - if you cannot do it for ten minutes, then do it for seven minutes or eight minutes. 119You are given permission to do it for even five minutes, but if you are able to do ten minutes at any point, that is good.
97ऐसा समय आयेगा जो आप लोगों को खुद अपने लिए और विश्व के लिए भी किरणें देनी पड़ेगी . aisā samay āyēgā jō āp lōgō̃ kō khud apnē liē aur viśhva kē liē bhī kiraṇē̃ dēnī paṛēgī . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khud apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . such time come[fut.m.sg.23] that you people to oneself one’s own (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) and world for too ray give[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
120The time will come when you will have to give rays to the self and the world.
98इसीलिए बापदादा छुट्टी देते हैं , जितना ज्यादा समय कर सको , उतना प्रैक्टिस करो क्योंकि अभी का बहुत समय भविष्य का आधार है . isīliē bāpdādā chhuṭṭī dētē haĩ , jitnā jyādā samay kar sakō , utnā practice karō kyōṅki abhī kā bahut samay bhaviṣhya kā ādhār hai . isīliē bāpdādā chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] , utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practice karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x BapDada permission give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , the more more time do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] , x practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because now of very time future of basis be[pres.sg.23] .
121This is why BapDada is giving you permission: practise this for as long as possible because the long period of the present time is the basis of the future.
99ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
122Is that all right?
100मुश्किल लगता है , कोई बात नहीं है , अभी तो कोई हर्जा नहीं है और बाप को सुनाया यह बहुत अच्छा किया क्योंकि मानो 10 मिनट बैठ नहीं सको , सोच में ही चला जाए , तो 5 मिनट भी गये , इसीलिए बापदादा कहे कम से कम 5 मिनट से कम नहीं करना . muśhkil lagtā hai , kōī bāt nahī̃ hai , abhī tō kōī harjā nahī̃ hai aur bāp kō sunāyā yah bahut achchhā kiyā kyōṅki mānō 10 minute baiṭh nahī̃ sakō , sōch mē̃ hī chalā jāē , tō 5 minute bhī gayē , isīliē bāpdādā kahē kam sē kam 5 minute sē cum|kam nahī̃ karnā . muśhkil[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] tō kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 10 minute baiṭhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sōchnā[root] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] chalnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|chalānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]|chalnā[opt.sg.23.passive] , tō 5 minute bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , isīliē bāpdādā kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] kam sē kam[x] 5 minute sē[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . difficult x[pres.sg.m.23] , some matter not be[pres.sg.23] , now then some x not be[pres.sg.23] and father to speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] this very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] because x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 10 minute sit[root] not can[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , think[root] in only (continue[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|x[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]|continue[opt.sg.23.passive]) , then 5 minute too go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , x BapDada (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) at least 5 minute from (x|less) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
123You find it difficult; it doesn't matter. 124It doesn't matter at the moment, and you have the told the Father about it, and that is good because if you are not able to sit for ten minutes and that time is spent just thinking about it, then those five minutes are also gone. 125This is why BapDada is saying: Do not let it be less than five minutes.
101जितना बढ़ा सको उतना बढ़ाओ . jitnā baṛhā sakō utnā baṛhāō . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the more increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] x increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
126Increase it as much as you can.
102ठीक है स्पष्ट हुआ ? ṭhīk hai spaṣhṭ huā ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] clearly be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
127Is that clear now?
103क्योंकि बापदादा हर एक को बहुत श्रेष्ठ स्वरूप में देखते हैं . kyōṅki bāpdādā har ēk kō bahut śhrēṣhṭh svarūp mē̃ dēkhtē haĩ . kyōṅki bāpdādā har ēk[x] kō[postp.] bahut śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because BapDada each one to very elevated form in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 104बापदादा ने इसकी निशानी हर एक बच्चे को कितने स्वमान दिये हैं . bāpdādā nē iskī niśhānī har ēk bachchē kō kitnē svamān diyē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ this[.kī] sign each one child to so self-respect give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
128BapDada is seeing each one in a very elevated form, and in order to symbolise this, BapDada has given each child so much self-respect.
105स्वमान की लिस्ट अगर निकालो तो कितनी बड़ी है ? svamān kī|key list agar nikālō tō kitnī baṛī hai ? svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list agar nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list if x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then so very be[pres.sg.23] ?
129If you were to make a list of the points of self-respect, it would be such a long one!
106आज बापदादा अमृतवेले चक्कर लगाने गये . āj bāpdādā amr̥itvēlē chakkar lagānē gayē . āj bāpdādā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . today BapDada amrit vela cycle attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
130Today, at amrit vela BapDada went on a tour.
107क्या देखने गये ? kyā dēkhnē gayē ? kyā dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? what see[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
131What did He go to see?
108कि बापदादा ने स्वमानों की बहुत बड़ी माला दी है . ki bāpdādā nē svamānō̃ kī|key bahut baṛī mālā dī hai . ki[conj.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] svamān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . that BapDada ∅ self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very very garland give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
132BapDada has given a very long rosary of self-respect.
109अगर एक-एक स्वमान में स्थित होके उस स्थिति में बैठो , चलो तो स्वमान कहते जाओ और माला घुमाते जाओ तो बहुत मजा आयेगा . agar ēk-ēk svamān mē̃ sthit hōkē us sthiti mē̃ baiṭhō , chalō tō svamān kahtē jāō aur mālā ghumātē jāō tō bahut majā āyēgā . agar ēk[adj.] svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.o.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō svamān[x] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] aur mālā[n.f.;sg.] ghumānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] tō bahut mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . if one self-respect in stabilised be[abs.] that stage in sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then self-respect say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] and garland take everywhere[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] then very pleasure come[fut.m.sg.23] .
133If you were to stabilise yourself in each of the points of self-respect, when you walk and speak about each point of self-respect and continue to turn that rosary, you will enjoy it very much.
110स्वमान की लिस्ट रखी है लेकिन एक-एक स्वमान कितना बड़ा है और किसने दिया है ! svamān kī|key list rakhī hai lēkin ēk-ēk svamān kitnā baṛā hai aur kisnē diyā hai ! svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin ēk[adj.] svamān[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kaun[pn.sg.nē] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ! self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but one self-respect so very be[pres.sg.23] and who[.nē] give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] !
134You have a list of self-respect, but how great each aspect of that list of self-respect is. 135And who gave it to you?
111वर्ल्ड आलमाइटी अथॉरिटी ने एक-एक बच्चे को अनेक स्वमानों की लिस्ट दी है . world almighty authority nē ēk-ēk bachchē kō anēk svamānō̃ kī|key list dī hai . world almighty authority[x] nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] anēk[adj.] svamān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . x ∅ one child to many self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
136The World Almighty Authority has given each and every child a list of many points of self-respect.
112उसको यूज करो क्योंकि और कोई अथॉरिटी नहीं जो इस स्वमान को आपके कम कर सके . uskō use karō kyōṅki aur kōī authority nahī̃ jō is svamān kō āpkē cum|kam kar sakē . vah[pn.sg.kō] use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki aur kōī[x] authority nahī̃[neg] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] svamān[x] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] cum|kam[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] . that[.kō] use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because someone else authority not that this self-respect to you[.kē] (x|less) do[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] .
137Use that because there is no other authority that can reduce this self-respect of yours.
113और किस को भी इतने स्वमानों की माला नहीं मिली है . aur kis kō bhī itnē svamānō̃ kī|key mālā nahī̃ milī hai . aur kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . and (what|who) to too such self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland not receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
138No one else has received a rosary of so much self-respect.
114तो बापदादा ने देखा सतयुग में तो राज्य भाग्य मिलेगा लेकिन यह स्वमानों की माला संगमयुग की देन है . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā satyug mē̃ tō rājya bhāgya milēgā lēkin yah svamānō̃ kī|key mālā saṅgamyug kī|key dēn hai . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] svamān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dēn[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] golden age in then kingdom x receive[fut.m.sg.23] but this self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift be[pres.sg.23] .
139BapDada has seen that you will receive your fortune of the kingdom in the golden age, but this rosary of self-respect is a gift of the confluence age.
115बापदादा जब भी बच्चों को देखते हैं तो हर एक बच्चे के स्वमान की स्थिति से देखता है - वाह बच्चा वाह ! bāpdādā jab bhī bachchō̃ kō dēkhtē haĩ tō har ēk bachchē kē|K svamān kī|key sthiti sē dēkhtā hai - vāh bachchā vāh ! bāpdādā jab bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23] - vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vāh ! BapDada when too child to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then each one child (of|K) self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage from see[pres.sg.m.23] - wah! child wah! !
140Whenever BapDada sees the children, He looks at them with the stage of their self-respect: Wah child! 141Wah!
116तो स्वमान की अथॉरिटी में रहो , मैं कौन ! tō svamān kī|key authority mē̃ rahō , maĩ kaun ! tō svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ! then self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , I who !
142So, stay in the authority of the self-respect of who you are.
117कभी कौन सा स्वमान सामने रखो , कभी कौन सा स्वमान सामने रखो और चेक करो तो आज अमृतवेले जो विशेष स्वमान बुद्धि में रखा वह स्वमान खज़ाना है ना , इसको यूज किया ! kabhī kaun sā svamān sāmnē rakhō , kabhī kaun sā svamān sāmnē rakhō aur check karō tō āj amr̥itvēlē jō viśhēṣh svamān buddhi mē̃ rakhā vah svamān khazānā hai nā , iskō use kiyā ! kabhī[adv.] kaun sā[x] svamān[x] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kabhī[adv.] kaun sā[x] svamān[x] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āj amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] svamān[x] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] vah[pn.sg.d.] svamān[x] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , yah[pn.sg.kō] use karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! ever which self-respect x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ever which self-respect x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then today amrit vela that special self-respect intellect in (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) that self-respect treasure be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , this[.kō] use do[past-part.m.sg.d.] !
143Sometimes keep one point of self-respect and at another time keep another point of self-respect and check: Today, I kept a special aspect of self-respect in my intellect at amrit vela, and that is a treasure, so did I use that?
118क्योंकि खज़ाना बढ़ने का साधन है जितना खज़ाने को कार्य में लगायेंगे उतना खज़ाना बढ़ता है . kyōṅki khazānā baṛhnē kā sādhan hai jitnā khazānē kō kārya mē̃ lagāyēṅgē utnā khazānā baṛhtā hai . kyōṅki khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because treasure grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities be[pres.sg.23] the more treasure to task in attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x treasure grow[pres.sg.m.23] .
144The way to increase the treasures is to use them.
119तो आज बापदादा देख रहे थे कौन-कौन बच्चा है , किसके पास स्वमान के स्मृति की माला बड़ी थी किसके पास छोटी . tō āj bāpdādā dēkh rahē thē kaun-kaun bachchā hai , kiskē pās|pass svamān kē|K smr̥iti kī|key mālā baṛī thī kiskē pās|pass chhōṭī . tō āj bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] kaun[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kaun[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past.f] kaun[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . then today BapDada see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] who child be[pres.sg.23] , who[.kē] (x|pass) self-respect (of|K) awareness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland very be[past.f] who[.kē] (x|pass) small .
145Today, BapDada was seeing which children have a longer rosary of the awareness of self respect and which children have a shorter rosary.
120जहाँ स्वमान होगा वहाँ देहभान खत्म हो जाता है . jahā̃ svamān hōgā vahā̃ dēhbhān khatm hō jātā hai . jahā̃ svamān[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vahā̃ dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . where there self-respect be[fut.m.sg.23] there body consciousness finished be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
146Where there is self-respect, arrogance of the body finishes.
121तो आज बापदादा ने चक्र लगाया और देखा जैसे स्वमान का खज़ाना है , ऐसे एक-एक शक्ति , एक-एक गुण इस्तेमाल करो उसको , कार्य में लगाओ . tō āj bāpdādā nē chakra lagāyā aur dēkhā jaisē svamān kā khazānā hai , aisē ēk-ēk śhakti , ēk-ēk guṇ istēmāl karō uskō , kārya mē̃ lagāō . tō āj bāpdādā nē[postp.] chakra lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , ēk[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] istēmāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kō] , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then today BapDada ∅ be around the cycle and see[past-part.m.sg.d.] like self-respect of treasure be[pres.sg.23] , such one Shakti , one virtue use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kō] , task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
147So, today, BapDada went on a tour and saw the treasure of self-respect. 148Use each and every power; use each and every virtue.
122तो यह जो प्राबलम होती है माया आ गई , माया आ नहीं जाती लेकिन माया के लिए तो बाबा ने सुना दिया है कि माया कहती है मेरे को आवाह्न करते हैं तब जाती हूँ , ऐसे नहीं जाती हूँ , कोई भी हल्का संकल्प करना माना माया को आवाह्न किया , शक्तियों को छोड़ता है तो माया को आवाह्न किया . tō yah jō problem hōtī hai māyā ā gaī , māyā ā nahī̃ jātī lēkin māyā kē liē tō bābā nē sunā diyā hai ki māyā kahtī hai mērē kō āvāhna kartē haĩ tab jātī hū̃ , aisē nahī̃ jātī hū̃ , kōī bhī halkā saṅkalp karnā mānā māyā kō āvāhna kiyā , śhaktiyō̃ kō chhōṛtā hai tō māyā kō āvāhna kiyā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] problem hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-part.f.] lēkin māyā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] tō bābā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] āvāhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tab jānā[pres.sg.f.1] , aisē nahī̃[x] jānā[pres.sg.f.1] , kōī bhī[x] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] āvāhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] āvāhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then this that problem be[pres.sg.f.23] Maya come[past-part.f..root+jānā] , Maya come[root] not go[pres-part.f.] but Maya for then Baba ∅ (listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) that Maya say[pres.sg.f.23] I[.kē] to x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] for only then go[pres.sg.f.1] , it isn't that go[pres.sg.f.1] , anyone light thought do[inf.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) Maya to x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , Shakti to renounce[pres.sg.m.23] then Maya to x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
149Then the problem that you have of Maya coming - Maya doesn't just come, but Baba has already told you what Maya says. 150"The children invoke me and it is then that I come. 151I wouldn't go otherwise!" 152To have any weak or insignificant thought is to invoke Maya. 153When you forget the powers, you have invoked Maya.
123चाहते नहीं है लेकिन आ जाती है . chāhtē nahī̃ hai lēkin ā jātī hai . chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.sg.23] but come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
154I don't want her to come, but she comes.
124बलवान कौन ? balvān kaun ? balvān[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? strong who ?
155"So, who is more powerful?"
125चाहते नहीं हैं लेकिन आ जाती , तो माया बलवान हुई या आप ? chāhtē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin ā jātī , tō māyā balvān huī yā āp ? chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ānā[root] jānā[pres-part.f.] , tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] balvān[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] yā āp[pn.pl.] ? x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but come[root] go[pres-part.f.] , then Maya strong be[past-part.f.] or you ?
156I don't want her to come but she comes. 157"So, is Maya powerful or are you?"
126तो आज पुराना वर्ष समाप्त हो रहा है , नये वर्ष में नया उमंग , नया उत्साह , क्योंकि संगमयुग का गायन है , एक-एक दिन उत्साह भरा हुआ है अर्थात् उत्सव है . tō āj purānā varṣh samāpt hō rahā hai , nayē varṣh mē̃ nayā umaṅg , nayā utsāh , kyōṅki saṅgamyug kā gāyan hai , ēk-ēk din utsāh bharā huā hai arthāt utsav hai . tō āj purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] , nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kyōṅki saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|bharānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] arthāt utsav[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then today old year finished be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , new year in new zeal , new enthusiasm , because confluence age of x be[pres.sg.23] , one day enthusiasm (fill[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that is x be[pres.sg.23] .
158So, today, the old year is ending and in the New Year, there is new zeal and enthusiasm because the praise of the confluence age is that each day is filled with enthusiasm, that is, each day is a festival.
127तो उमंग-उत्साह है तो हर दिन उत्सव है इसलिए पक्का रखना , राज अपना चलते फिरते भी चार्ट देखना . tō umaṅg-utsāh hai tō har|her din utsav hai isliē pakkā rakhnā , rāj apnā chaltē phirtē bhī chart dēkhnā . tō umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō har|harnā[root]|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] utsav[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] chart dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] then (x|x[root]) day x be[pres.sg.23] therefore firm keep[inf.m.sg.d.] , x (adopt[root]|one’s own) continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too chart see[inf.m.sg.d.] .
159It is because there is zeal and enthusiasm that each day is a festival. 160Therefore, make this firm. 161Look at your chart every day.
128चेक करना , चेक करेंगे तो चेंज करेंगे ना . check karnā , check karē̃gē tō change karē̃gē nā . check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , check karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō change karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . check do[inf.m.sg.d.] , check do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then change do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
162Even while walking and moving around, check it.
129चेक ही नहीं करेंगे तो चेंज कैसे करेंगे ! check hī nahī̃ karē̃gē tō change kaisē karē̃gē ! check hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō change kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! check only not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then change how do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
163If you check you would also change, would you not?
130तो आज नये साल के लिए बापदादा का विशेष यही संकल्प है कि हर बच्चा जैसे पुराने वर्ष को विदाई देते हो वैसे माया को विदाई दो . tō āj nayē sāl kē liē bāpdādā kā viśhēṣh yahī saṅkalp hai ki har|her bachchā jaisē purānē varṣh kō vidāī dētē hō vaisē māyā kō vidāī dō . tō āj nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yahī[pn.;d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then today new year for BapDada of special this thought be[pres.sg.23] that (x|x[root]) child like old year to farewell give[pres.pl.m.2] x Maya to farewell (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
164If you don't check, how would you change? 165So, today, for the New Year, BapDada especially has the thought that just as you bid farewell to the old year, in the same way, every child should bid farewell to Maya.
131व्यर्थ संकल्प को विदाई दो क्योंकि मैजारिटी यही देखा गया है कि व्यर्थ संकल्प ज्यादा आते हैं . vyarth saṅkalp kō vidāī dō kyōṅki majority yahī dēkhā gayā hai ki vyarth saṅkalp jyādā ātē haĩ . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki majority yahī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . wasteful thought to farewell (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) because majority this (see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) that wasteful thought more come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
166Bid farewell to waste thoughts because it has been seen in the majority that there are more waste thoughts.
132ज्यादा विकारी संकल्प कम हैं , हैं कम लेकिन व्यर्थ जो हैं , उसका नाम निशान समाप्त हो जाए , हर संकल्प समर्थ हो , व्यर्थ नहीं हो क्योंकि व्यर्थ संकल्प में , सिर्फ संकल्प नहीं चलता लेकिन व्यर्थ टाइम भी जाता और बाप समान बनने में दूरी हो जाती है . jyādā vikārī saṅkalp cum|kam haĩ , haĩ cum|kam lēkin vyarth jō haĩ , uskā nām niśhān samāpt hō jāē , har|her saṅkalp samarth hō , vyarth nahī̃ hō kyōṅki vyarth saṅkalp mē̃ , sirph saṅkalp nahī̃ chaltā lēkin vyarth time bhī jātā aur bāp samān bannē mē̃ dūrī hō jātī hai . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vikārī[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] cum|kam[adj.] lēkin vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kā] nām niśhān[x] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , har|harnā[root]|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] samarth[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sirph[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] time bhī[p.] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] dūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . more vicious thought (x|less) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x|less) but wasteful that be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.kā] x finished be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , (x|x[root]) thought powerful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , wasteful not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because wasteful thought in , only thought not continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] but wasteful time too go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in distance be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
167It is very few who have many vicious thoughts - those are very few, but to finish waste thoughts as well as their name and trace, every thought should be powerful. 168There should not be a wasteful thought because when you have thoughts of waste, it is not just your thoughts of waste, but your time is also wasted. 169This makes you distant from becoming equal to the Father.
133आपकी चाहना तो है समान बनें , तो हाथ तो उठाया है . āpkī chāhnā tō hai samān banē̃ , tō hāth tō uṭhāyā hai . āp[pn.pl.kī] chāhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] samān[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , tō hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you[.kī] x[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] equal become[opt.pl.12hon3] , then hand then uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
170Your desire is to become equal and you also raised your hand.
134लेकिन बापदादा सदा कहता है कि मन का हाथ उठाना , यह हाथ उठाना तो इजी है . lēkin bāpdādā sadā kahtā hai ki man kā hāth uṭhānā , yah hāth uṭhānā tō easy hai . lēkin bāpdādā sadā kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[x] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[x] tō easy hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but BapDada constantly say[pres.sg.m.23] that mind of raise your hands , this raise your hands then easy be[pres.sg.23] .
171However, BapDada always says: Raise the hand of your mind. 172It is easy to raise your physical hand.
135तो विदाई देने की हिम्मत है ? tō vidāī dēnē kī|key himmat hai ? tō vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
173So, do you have the courage to bid her farewell?
136है हिम्मत ? hai himmat ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] courage ?
174Do you have the courage?
137हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
175Raise your hands!
138अच्छा , हिम्मत वाले हैं . achchhā , himmat vālē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha , courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
176Achcha, you are courageous.
139बस हिम्मत को कायम रखना . bas himmat kō kāyam rakhnā . basnā[root]|bas himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kāyam[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x[root]|simply) courage to x keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
177Simply keep this courage with you at all times.
140अगर हिम्मत होगी तो जो लक्ष्य रखा है वह हो ही जायेगा क्योंकि बापदादा भी साथ है . agar himmat hōgī tō jō lakṣhya rakhā hai vah hō hī jāyēgā kyōṅki bāpdādā bhī sāth hai . agar himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō jō[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] kyōṅki bāpdādā bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if courage be[fut.f.sg.23] then that aim keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.m.sg.23] because BapDada too with be[pres.sg.23] .
178If you remain courageous, then you will fulfil the aim that you have kept because BapDada is also with you.
141बापदादा चाहते हैं कि मेरा कोई भी बच्चा पीछे नहीं रह जाए . bāpdādā chāhtē haĩ ki mērā kōī bhī bachchā pīchhē nahī̃ rah jāē . bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kōī bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pīchhē nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . BapDada x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I[.kā] anyone child x not remain[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
179BapDada doesn't want any of His children to be left behind.
142हाथ में हाथ देके चले . hāth mē̃ hāth dēkē chalē . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . hand in hand give[abs.] (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
180They should return hand-in-hand with Baba.
143शिव बाप निराकार है , हाथ नहीं है लेकिन श्रीमत ही उनके हाथ हैं . śhiv bāp nirākār hai , hāth nahī̃ hai lēkin śhrīmat hī unkē hāth haĩ . śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirākār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] vah[pn.pl.kē] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Shiva father incorporeal be[pres.sg.23] , hand not be[pres.sg.23] but shrimat only that[.kē] hand be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
181Father Shiva is incorporeal and He doesn't have a hand, but Shrimat is His hand.
144श्रीमत पर कदम-कदम चलना अर्थात् हाथ में हाथ देके चलना . śhrīmat par kadam-kadam chalnā arthāt hāth mē̃ hāth dēkē chalnā . śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . shrimat (at|other) step continue[inf.m.sg.d.] that is hand in hand give[abs.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.] .
182To follow Shrimat at every step means to walk hand in hand.
145तो सभी को नये वर्ष की नव जीवन की और नव युग की तीनों की पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक हो . tō sabhī kō nayē varṣh kī|key nav jīvan kī|key aur nav yug kī|key tīnō̃ kī|key padam padamguṇā mubārak hō . tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nav[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur nav[adj.] yug[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tīnō̃[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then all to new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) new life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and new age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all three (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
183Multi, multimillionfold congratulations to everyone for the three: the New Year, the new life and the new age.
146अच्छा जो इस बारी नये आये हैं वह उठ खड़े हो जाओ . achchhā jō is bārī nayē āyē haĩ vah uṭh khaṛē hō jāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[root] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . achcha that this x new come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[root] standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
184News ones who have come for the first time, stand up.
147अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
185Achcha.
148बहुत आये हैं . bahut āyē haĩ . bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
186Many have come.
149आधा संगठन तो नया है . ādhā saṅgaṭhan tō nayā hai . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] tō nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . half gathering then new be[pres.sg.23] .
187Half the gathering is new ones.
150तो आपको सभी नये आने वालों को , सारे ब्राह्मण परिवार , बापदादा सबके तरफ से मधुबन आने का मुबारक है , मुबारक है , मुबारक है . tō āpkō sabhī nayē ānē vālō̃ kō , sārē brāhmaṇ parivār , bāpdādā sabkē taraph sē madhuban ānē kā mubārak hai , mubārak hai , mubārak hai . tō āp[pn.pl.kō] sab[adv.hī] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bāpdādā sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then you[.kō] all new (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to , the whole Brahmin family , BapDada everyone's direction from Madhuban (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) of congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
188To all the new ones who have come to Madhuban, congratulations, congratulations, congratulations from the whole Brahmin family and from BapDada.
151मुबारक के साथ एक बात याद रखना तो अभी कामन पुरूषार्थ का समय गया , अभी समय है तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का , तो आप सभी लेट आये हो लेकिन बापदादा के प्यारे हो . mubārak kē sāth ēk bāt yād rakhnā tō abhī common purūṣhārth kā samay gayā , abhī samay hai tīvr purūṣhārth kā , tō āp sabhī lēṭ āyē hō lēkin bāpdādā kē|K pyārē hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] kē sāth[x] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] yād rakhnā[x] tō ab[adv.hī] common puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] lēṭnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+ānā] lēkin bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations with one matter remember then now x effort of time go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now time be[pres.sg.23] intense effort of , then you all lie down[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+ānā] but BapDada (of|K) loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
189Together with congratulations, also remember one thing: the time for making common effort has now gone. 190It is now time to make intense effort. 191You have all come late, but you are loved by BapDada.
152टू लेट के बजाए लेट आये हो , बापदादा खुश है कि फिर भी लक के समय पहुंच गये हो इसलिए जो भी आये हो , बापदादा के प्यारे हो इसलिए चलना नहीं उड़ना . too late kē bajāē lēṭ āyē hō , bāpdādā khuśh hai ki phir bhī luck kē|K samay pahuñch gayē hō isliē jō bhī āyē hō , bāpdādā kē|K pyārē hō isliē chalnā nahī̃ uṛnā . too late[x] kē bajāē[x] lēṭnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+ānā] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] phir bhī[x] luck kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] isliē jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] isliē chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . too late instead of lie down[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+ānā] , BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that nevertheless luck (of|K) time reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] therefore that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , BapDada (of|K) loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) therefore continue[inf.m.sg.d.] not fly[inf.m.sg.d.] .
192Instead of too late, you have come late. 193BapDada is pleased that you have nevertheless arrived at the time of luck, and whoever has come, you are loved by BapDada. 194Therefore, now, do not just move along, but fly!
153अभी चलेंगे ना तो नम्बर आगे नहीं ले सकेंगे इसीलिए उड़ती कला में चलना . abhī chalē̃gē nā tō number āgē nahī̃ lē sakē̃gē isīliē uṛtī kalā mē̃ chalnā . ab[adv.hī] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō number āgē nahī̃[neg] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] isīliē uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ then number previously not take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] x fly[pres-part.f.] degree in continue[inf.m.sg.d.] .
195If you simply move along, you will not be able to claim a number ahead, and you therefore, now have to move into the flying stage.
154चलना नहीं उड़ना . chalnā nahī̃ uṛnā . chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . continue[inf.m.sg.d.] not fly[inf.m.sg.d.] .
196Do not move along, but fly!
155तो उड़ना तो फास्ट होता है ना . tō uṛnā tō fast hōtā hai nā . tō uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō fast hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . then fly[inf.m.sg.d.] then fast be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
197It is fast to fly, is it not?
156तो उड़ती कला से आगे जा सकते हो . tō uṛtī kalā sē āgē jā saktē hō . tō uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] āgē jānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then fly[pres-part.f.] degree from previously go[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
198With the flying stage, you will be able to go ahead.
157यह मार्जिन है . yah margin hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] margin hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this x be[pres.sg.23] .
199There is this margin.
158इसी को ही तीव्र पुरूषार्थ कहते हैं . isī kō hī tīvr purūṣhārth kahtē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.hī] kō[postp.] hī[p.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this[.hī] to only intense effort say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
200This is known as intense effort.
159तो क्या करेंगे ? tō kyā karē̃gē ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
201So, what will you do?
160उड़ेंगे . uṛē̃gē . uṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . fly[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
202Fly?
161उड़ेंगे ? uṛē̃gē ? uṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? fly[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
203Will you fly?
162अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
204Achcha.
163जो भी बातें ऐसी आवे जो बेकार हैं , आनी नहीं चाहिए लेकिन आ जाती हैं क्योंकि पेपर तो होना है ना ! jō bhī bātē̃ aisī āvē jō bēkār haĩ , ānī nahī̃ chāhiē lēkin ā jātī haĩ kyōṅki paper tō hōnā hai nā ! jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ānā[opt.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bēkār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ānā[inf.f.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] lēkin ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] kyōṅki paper tō hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! that too matter such come[opt.sg.23] that useless be[pres.pl.12hon3] , come[inf.f.] not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) but come[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] because paper then be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
205If any such useless situations come up - they should not come but if they do - because you will get papers, will you not?
164तो क्या करेंगे ? tō kyā karē̃gē ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
206Then what will you do?
165अगर ऐसी कोई बात आवे तो बापदादा को दे देना . agar aisī kōī bāt āvē tō bāpdādā kō dē dēnā . agar aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . if such some matter come[opt.sg.23] then BapDada to (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
207If any such situation arises, then hand it over to BapDada.
166देना आता है ना ! dēnā ātā hai nā ! dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! give[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
208You know how to give it, do you not?
167लेना तो आता है लेकिन देना भी आता है ना . lēnā tō ātā hai lēkin dēnā bhī ātā hai nā . lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . take[inf.m.sg.d.] then come[pres.sg.m.23] but give[inf.m.sg.d.] too come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
209You know how to take it, but you also know how to give it, do you not?
168छोटे बन जाना . chhōṭē ban jānā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . small (x|become[root]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
210Become small.
169जैसे छोटे बच्चे होते हैं ना वह क्या करते हैं कोई भी चीज़ पसन्द नहीं आती है तो क्या करते हैं ? jaisē chhōṭē bachchē hōtē haĩ nā vah kyā kartē haĩ kōī bhī chīz pasand nahī̃ ātī hai tō kyā kartē haĩ ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kōī bhī[x] chīz[n.f.;sg.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? like small child be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ that what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] anyone thing love not come[pres.sg.f.23] then what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
211What do little children do? 212What do they do when they don't like something?
170मम्मी यह आप सम्भालो . mummy yah āp sambhālō . mummy yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] sambhālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x this you be careful[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
213"Mummy, you look after this."
171ऐसे ही छोटे बनके बाप को दे दो . aisē hī chhōṭē bankē bāp kō dē dō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . such only small become[abs.] father to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
214In the same way, become small and give it to the Father.
172फिर अगर आवे , आयेगी , बापदादा ने देखा है कि बहुत समय रखी है ना , तो छोडने से फिर आती भी है लेकिन अगर आवे भी तो यही सोचना कि दी हुई चीज़ यूज की जाती है क्या ! phir agar āvē , āyēgī , bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki bahut samay rakhī hai nā , tō chhōḍnē sē phir ātī bhī hai lēkin agar āvē bhī tō yahī sōchnā ki dī|the huī chīz use kī jātī hai kyā ! phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] agar ānā[opt.sg.23] , ānā[fut.f.sg.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā , tō chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] ānā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin agar ānā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] tō yahī[pn.;d.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the hōnā[past-part.f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] use karnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] kyā ! (turn[root]|then) if come[opt.sg.23] , come[fut.f.sg.23] , BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that very time keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ , then renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.] from (turn[root]|then) come[pres-part.f.] too be[pres.sg.23] but if come[opt.sg.23] too then this think[inf.m.sg.d.] that (give[past-part.f.]|the) be[past-part.f.] thing use (do[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) what !
215If it then comes again, and it will come, because BapDada has seen that you have kept it with you for a long time, so when you leave it, if she comes again, then just think: would you use for yourself something you have given away?
173देना अर्थात् आपके पास आई , तो अमानत आई . dēnā arthāt āpkē pās|pass eye|āī|I , tō amānat eye|āī|I . dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I , tō amānat[n.f.;sg.] eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . give[inf.m.sg.d.] that is you[.kē] (x|pass) (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) , then x (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . 174आपने तो दे दी ना ! āpnē tō dē dī nā ! āp[pn.pl.nē] tō dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] nā ! you[.nē] then give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] ∅ !
216To give means if it comes to you again, then it has come as something entrusted to you, because you have already given it away.
175तो आपकी रही नहीं . tō āpkī rahī nahī̃ . tō āp[pn.pl.kī] rahnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] . then you[.kī] remain[past-part.f.] not .
217So it is no longer yours.
176अमानत में ख्यानत नहीं करना चाहिए . amānat mē̃ khyānat nahī̃ karnā chāhiē . amānat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] khyānat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] . x in dishonesty not (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) .
218So there should not be any dishonesty with something that is entrusted to you.
177आपको मदद मिलेगी तो यह मेरी नहीं है , यह अमानत है . āpkō madad milēgī tō yah mērī nahī̃ hai , yah amānat hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] amānat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kō] x receive[fut.f.sg.23] then this I[.kī] not be[pres.sg.23] , this x be[pres.sg.23] .
219You will then receive help if you think that that is not yours, but just something you are entrusted with.
178मैंने दे दी इसमें फायदा हो जायेगा . mainnē dē dī ismē̃ phāydā hō jāyēgā . maĩ[pn.sg.nē] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . I[.nē] give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] this[.mē̃] profit be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
220There will be benefit for you when you give it away.
179क्योंकि समय कम है और पुरूषार्थ आपको तीव्र करना है . kyōṅki samay cum|kam hai aur purūṣhārth āpkō tīvr karnā hai . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur puruṣhārth āp[pn.pl.kō] tīvr[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because time (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] and effort you[.kō] intense do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
221There is little time and you have to make intense effort.
180तो जो भी नये आये हैं बापदादा उन्हों को लक्की और लवली कहते हैं , जो आ तो गये अभी मेरा बाबा कहा है ना . tō jō bhī nayē āyē haĩ bāpdādā unhō̃ kō lucky aur lovely kahtē haĩ , jō ā tō gayē abhī mērā bābā kahā hai nā . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] lucky aur lovely kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] ānā[root] tō jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ab[adv.hī] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . then that too new come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada that to lucky and lovely say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that come[root] then go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] now I[.kā] Baba say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
222BapDada says to all the new ones who have come: You are such lucky and lovely ones that you have at least come. 223You have said, "My Baba".
181हाथ उठाओ जो कहते हैं मेरा बाबा . hāth uṭhāō jō kahtē haĩ mērā bābā . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā . raise your hands that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] I[.kā] Baba .
224Raise your hands, those who say, "My Baba".
182जो भी आये हैं , मेरा बाबा कहते हैं . jō bhī āyē haĩ , mērā bābā kahtē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , I[.kā] Baba say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 183तो जब मेरा बाबा कहा तो और कोई मेरा है क्या ! tō jab mērā bābā kahā tō aur kōī mērā hai kyā ! tō jab maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō aur kōī[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ! then when I[.kā] Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then someone else I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] what !
225All who have come say "My Baba". 226Since you have said, "My Baba", is there anyone else who is yours?
184बाबा ही मेरा है ना . bābā hī mērā hai nā . bābā hī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Baba only I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
227"Baba alone is mine."
185तो बाप पर अधिकार रख वरके अमानत समझके बाप को दे दो . tō bāp par adhikār rakh varkē amānat samajhkē bāp kō dē dō . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] adhikār[x] rakhnā[root] varnā[abs.] amānat[n.f.;sg.] samajhnā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . then father (at|other) right keep[root] x[abs.] x understand[abs.] father to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
228So, consider it to be your right over the Father and give it to Him considering it to be something entrusted to you.
186अपने पास आने नहीं देना . apnē pās|pass ānē nahī̃ dēnā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one’s own (x|pass) (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) not give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
229Do not allow her to come to you.
187अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
230It is good.
188फिर भी बाप को खुशी है , बाप को पहचान तो लिया . phir bhī bāp kō khuśhī hai , bāp kō pahchān tō liyā . phir bhī[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] tō lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . nevertheless father to happiness be[pres.sg.23] , father to (recognition|recognise[root]) then take[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
231The Father is pleased that you have at least recognised Him!
189अभी सिर्फ यह ध्यान पक्का-पक्का रखना , उड़ना है , चलना नहीं है उड़ना है . abhī sirph yah dhyān pakkā-pakkā rakhnā , uṛnā hai , chalnā nahī̃ hai uṛnā hai . ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , uṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] uṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now only this attention firm keep[inf.m.sg.d.] , fly[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , continue[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] fly[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
232Now, simply pay firm attention to this. 233You have to fly, you are not going to just move along, but you are going to fly.
190अच्छा , बहुत हैं . achchhā , bahut haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha , very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
234There are many.
191अच्छा ब्राह्मणियाँ जो हैं क्लास टीचर्स , उन्हों को भी अपने नये भाई-बहिनों के ऊपर क्षमा करनी है . achchhā brāhmaṇiyā̃ jō haĩ class teachers , unhō̃ kō bhī apnē nayē bhāī-bahinō̃ kē ūpar kṣhamā karnī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brāhmaṇī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] class teacher , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . achcha Brahmin that be[pres.pl.12hon3] class teacher , that to too one’s own new brother and sister over forgiveness do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
235The Brahmin class teachers - you have to have feelings of forgiveness for your new brothers and sisters.
192हर सप्ताह इन्हों का हालचाल पूछते रहना , कोई प्रॉबलम तो नहीं है ! har|her saptāh inhō̃ kā hālchāl pūchhtē rahnā , kōī problem tō nahī̃ hai ! har|harnā[root]|her saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāl-chāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kōī[pn.;d.] problem tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! (x|x[root]) week this of how they are ask[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , some problem then not be[pres.sg.23] !
236Continue to ask about their welfare every week. 237"You don't have any problems, do you?"
193और कोई भी प्रॉबलम हो तो सुना देना , उसका निवारण ले लेना . aur kōī bhī problem hō tō sunā dēnā , uskā nivāraṇ lē lēnā . aur kōī[x] bhī[p.] problem hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kā] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . someone else too problem (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) give[inf.m.sg.d.] , that[.kā] solution (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
238However, if you, the news ones, do have a problem, then you can tell the teachers about it and take a solution.
194छोड़ नहीं देना . chhōṛ nahī̃ dēnā . chhōṛnā[root] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . renounce[root] not give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
239Do not just ignore it.
195आया और गया , दिल में रखना नहीं . āyā aur gayā , dil mē̃ rakhnā nahī̃ . ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . come[past-part.m.sg.d.] and go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , heart in keep[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
240It came and it went. 241Don't keep it in your heart.
196अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
242Achcha.
197सारे परिवार की भी मुबारक है . sārē parivār kī|key bhī mubārak hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
243Congratulations from the whole family too.
198सेवा का टर्न गुजरात ज़ोन का है : ( 8 हजार गुजरात के हैं ) बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा था गुजरात अर्थात् गुजर गई रात . sēvā kā turn gujarāt zone kā hai : ( 8 hajār gujarāt kē|K haĩ ) bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā thā gujarāt arthāt gujar gaī rāt . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum gujarāt zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : ( 8 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] gujarāt arthāt gujarnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] rāt[n.f.;sg.] . service of you Gujarat zone of be[pres.sg.23] : ( 8 1000 Gujarat (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[past-perf.m.sg.] Gujarat that is pass by[past-part.f..root+jānā] night .
244It is the turn of Gujarat to serve: (8000 brothers and sisters have come from Gujarat.) 245BapDada had said earlier too that Gujarat means that the night has passed.
199तो गुजरात में सदा ही आगे से आगे बढ़ने और बढ़ाने का उमंग-उत्साह रहता भी है और रहना भी चाहिए क्योंकि गुजरात में भी , महाराष्ट्र में भी हैं लेकिन गुजरात में भी संख्या या सेन्टर कम नहीं हैं . tō gujarāt mē̃ sadā hī āgē sē āgē baṛhnē aur baṛhānē kā umaṅg-utsāh rahtā bhī hai aur rahnā bhī chāhiē kyōṅki gujarāt mē̃ bhī , mahārāṣhṭra mē̃ bhī haĩ lēkin gujarāt mē̃ bhī saṅkhyā yā centre cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . tō gujarāt mē̃[postp.] sadā hī[p.] āgē sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] kyōṅki gujarāt mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] , mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin gujarāt mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] yā centre cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Gujarat in constantly only previously from previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] and increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] of zeal and enthusiasm remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] and remain[inf.m.sg.d.] too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) because Gujarat in too , Maharashtra in too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but Gujarat in too x or centre (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
246In Gujarat, they constantly have the zeal and enthusiasm to remain constantly ahead of all and to make others move ahead. 247You have to have this because, in Gujarat and in Maharashtra. 248There are not only a few students and centres; there are many.
200तो गुजरात में सेवा तो चारों ओर है , गीता पाठशालायें भी बहुत हैं लेकिन अभी रहा हुआ काम क्या है ? tō gujarāt mē̃ sēvā tō chārō̃ ōr hai , gītā pāṭhśhālāyē̃ bhī bahut haĩ lēkin abhī rahā huā kām kyā hai ? tō gujarāt mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō chārō̃ ōr[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , gītā[n.f.;sg.] pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then Gujarat in service then everywhere be[pres.sg.23] , Gita pathshala too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] but now (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] (task|lust) what be[pres.sg.23] ?
249There is service everywhere in Gujarat and there are also many Gita pathshalas, but what is the work that still remains to be done?
201अभी गुजरात को हर एक सेन्टर , गीता पाठशाला की बात छोडो , अपने-अपने सेन्टर के वारिसों की लिस्ट निकालनी चाहिए . abhī gujarāt kō har ēk centre , gītā pāṭhśhālā kī|key bāt chhōḍō , apnē-apnē centre kē|K vārisō̃ kī|key list nikālnī chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] gujarāt kō[postp.] har ēk[x] centre , gītā pāṭhśhālā[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list nikālnā[.oblig3] . now Gujarat to each one centre , x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one’s own centre (of|K) heir (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list x[.oblig3] . 202वारिस , स्टूडेन्ट नहीं वारिस उनकी लिस्ट गुजरात में सबसे बड़ी होनी चाहिए क्योंकि बापदादा समय की सूचना तो दे रहे हैं तो समय अनुसार अभी नये वर्ष में यह भी सेवा में अटेन्शन देना है . vāris , student nahī̃ vāris unkī list gujarāt mē̃ sabsē baṛī hōnī chāhiē kyōṅki bāpdādā samay kī|key sūchnā tō dē rahē haĩ tō samay anusār abhī nayē varṣh mē̃ yah bhī sēvā mē̃ attention dēnā hai . vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] , student nahī̃[neg] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.kī] list gujarāt mē̃[postp.] sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[.oblig3] kyōṅki bāpdādā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sūchnā[n.f.;sg.] tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār ab[adv.hī] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . heir , student not heir that[.kī] list Gujarat in the most very be[.oblig3] because BapDada time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x then give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then time according to now new year in this too service in attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
250Every centre in Gujarat - leave aside the Gita pathshalas, but now make a list of the heirs at each of your centres; a list of heirs, not students. 251The list of heirs should be the longest of all in Gujarat because BapDada has been giving the warning of time, and so now, according to the time, in the New Year, you have to pay attention to this service.
203सभी ज़ोन वालों को भी कहते हैं कि यह ज़ोन में लिस्ट निकालो , कि सभी ज़ोन में से वारिसों की लिस्ट में नम्बरवन कौन है ? sabhī zone vālō̃ kō bhī kahtē haĩ ki yah zone mē̃ list nikālō , ki sabhī zone mē̃ sē vārisō̃ kī|key list mē̃ number one kaun hai ? sab[adv.hī] zone vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] zone mē̃[postp.] list nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] zone mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list mē̃[postp.] number one kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all zone those who to too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this zone in list x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that all zone in from heir (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list in number one who be[pres.sg.23] ?
252BapDada is telling those of all zones to make this list in your own zones. 253Out of all the zones, who is number one in the list of heirs?
204क्योंकि अभी गोल्डन एज के लिए राजाई तैयार करनी है ना ! kyōṅki abhī golden age kē liē rājāī taiyār karnī hai nā ! kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] golden age[x] kē liē[x] rājāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! because now golden age for kingdom x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
254You now have to prepare the kingdom for the golden age, do you not?
205तख्त पर तो लक्ष्मी नारायण ही बैठेंगे , एक ही बैठेंगे लेकिन जो वहाँ की राज्य अधिकारी सभा है , वह भी तो बनानी है ना . takht par tō lakṣhmī nārāyaṇ hī baiṭhē̃gē , ēk hī baiṭhē̃gē lēkin jō vahā̃ kī|key rājya adhikārī sabhā hai , vah bhī tō banānī hai nā . takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō lakṣhmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nārāyaṇ hī[p.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] vahā̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rājya adhikārī[x] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . throne (at|other) then Lakshmi Narayan only sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , one only sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but that there (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) master court be[pres.sg.23] , that too then create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
255Of course it will be just Lakshmi and Narayan who sit on the throne. 256Only the one will sit on the throne, but the gathering of royalty too has to be created, does it not?
206रॉयल प्रजा भी बनानी है , साधारण प्रजा भी बनानी है . royal prajā bhī banānī hai , sādhāraṇ prajā bhī banānī hai . royal prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . royal x too create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , ordinary x too create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
257Royal subjects have to be created and ordinary subjects have to be created too.
207तो ऐसे वारिस बनाओ जो सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में अभी भी नजदीक हों और वहाँ भी नजदीक हों . tō aisē vāris banāō jō sambandh-sampark mē̃ abhī bhī najdīk hō̃ aur vahā̃ bhī najdīk hō̃ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] nazdīk hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur vahā̃ bhī[p.] nazdīk hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then such heir create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x in now too x be[opt.pl.12hon3] and there too x be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
258So, create heirs who are close in relationship and connection now and they will become close there too.
208जो वारिस होगा उसकी निशानी क्या होगी ? jō vāris hōgā uskī niśhānī kyā hōgī ? jō[pn.;d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? that heir be[fut.m.sg.23] that[.kī] sign what be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
259What are the signs of those who are heirs?
209एक तो वारिस अर्थात् हर श्रीमत पर चलने वाले . ēk tō vāris arthāt har|her śhrīmat par chalnē vālē . ēk[adj.] tō vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt har|harnā[root]|her śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . one then heir that is (x|x[root]) shrimat (at|other) continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
260An heir means one who follows every Shrimat.
210बाप ने कहा और बच्चे ने किया . bāp nē kahā aur bachchē nē kiyā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] and child ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
261The Father said and the child did.
211हर कार्य में चाहे मन्सा , चाहे वाचा , चाहे कर्मणा , चाहे सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में फैमिली लाइफ वाला हो , आने वाला स्टूडेन्ट नहीं फैमिली नेचर वाला हो . har|her kārya mē̃ chāhē mansā , chāhē vāchā , chāhē karmaṇā , chāhē sambandh samparka mē̃ family life vālā hō , ānē vālā student nahī̃ family nature vālā hō . har|harnā[root]|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāchā , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karmaṇā , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] family life vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] student nahī̃[neg] family nature vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x|x[root]) task in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) relationship x in family life those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who student not family nature those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
262In every task, whether in thoughts, words, deeds, relationships and connections, he should be one who has "family life", not just a student who comes, but someone with a "family nature".
212फैमिली का अर्थ होता है एक दो को जानना और एक दो को समझकर चलना , परिवार में भी ठीक हो और 4 निश्चय जो सुनाये थे , 4 ही निश्चय में जो वारिस होगा वह प्रैक्टिकल लाइफ में हो . family kā arth|earth hōtā hai ēk dō kō jānnā aur ēk dō kō samajhkar chalnā , parivār mē̃ bhī ṭhīk hō aur 4 niśhchay jō sunāyē thē , 4 hī niśhchay mē̃ jō vāris hōgā vah practical life mē̃ hō . family kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] samajhnā[abs.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur 4 niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] sunānā[past-perf.pl.m.] , 4 hī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] practical life[x] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . family of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.m.23] one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to know[inf.m.sg.d.] and one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to understand[abs.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.] , family in too OK (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and 4 faith that speak[past-perf.pl.m.] , 4 only faith in that heir be[fut.m.sg.23] that life in a practical way in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
263Family means to know one another and to move along understanding one another. 264He should be getting on well with the family and, in terms of the four types of faith you were told about, an heir would have all four types of faith in his practical life.
213सारे परिवार का प्यारा होगा , कोई का प्यारा कोई का नहीं , नहीं . sārē parivār kā pyārā hōgā , kōī kā pyārā kōī kā nahī̃ , nahī̃ . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , nahī̃[neg] . the whole family of loving be[fut.m.sg.23] , some of loving some of not , not .
265He would be loved by the whole family. 266It would not be that he would be loved by some and not by others.
214सारे परिवार का प्यारा होगा . sārē parivār kā pyārā hōgā . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . the whole family of loving be[fut.m.sg.23] .
267He would be loved by the whole family.
215तो ऐसे वारिस क्वालिटी अभी वह चाहिए . tō aisē vāris quality abhī vah chāhiē . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . then such heir x now that (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
268So now heir-quality souls are needed.
216प्रजा तो बनती जायेगी , साधारण प्रजा . prajā tō bantī jāyēgī , sādhāraṇ prajā . prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x then become[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] , ordinary x . 217लेकिन अभी नजदीक वाले वारिस क्वालिटी बनाओ . lēkin abhī najdīk vālē vāris quality banāō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] nazdīk vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but now x those who heir x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
269Subjects, ordinary subjects, will of course continue to be created, but now create heir-quality souls who are close.
218राजधानी तो यहाँ ही तैयार करनी है ना . rājdhānī tō yahā̃ hī taiyār karnī hai nā . rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō yahā̃ hī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . kingdom then here only x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
270The kingdom has to be prepared here.
219इसलिए इसमें कौन सा ज़ोन वारिस क्वालिटी में नम्बरवन है , यह इस वर्ष में देखना है और दूसरा काम दिया था वर्ग वालों को , एक वारिस बनाना और दूसरा जो सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में हैं उन्हों को माइक बनाना . isliē ismē̃ kaun sā zone vāris quality mē̃ number one hai , yah is varṣh mē̃ dēkhnā hai aur dūsrā kām diyā thā varg vālō̃ kō , ēk vāris banānā aur dūsrā jō sambandh samparka mē̃ haĩ unhō̃ kō mike banānā . isliē yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kaun sā[x] zone vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality mē̃[postp.] number one hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , ēk[adj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] mike banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore this[.mē̃] which zone heir x in number one be[pres.sg.23] , this this year in see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and other (task|lust) give[past-perf.m.sg.] profession those who to , one heir create[inf.m.sg.d.] and other that relationship x in be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to mike create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
271So, this year, we shall see which zone is number one in the heir- quality souls; and the other work was given to those from the Wings. 272One is to create heirs and the other was to make the souls who are in contact and relationship the mikes.
220तो माइक और वारिस यह दोनों बनाना , अभी समय है . tō mike aur vāris yah dōnō̃ banānā , abhī samay hai . tō mike aur vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dōnō̃ banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then mike and heir this x create[inf.m.sg.d.] , now time be[pres.sg.23] .
273It is now the time to create both the mikes and the heirs.
221जैसा समय बीतता जायेगा तो उसमें बहुत समय का पुरूषार्थ कम हो जायेगा . jaisā samay bīttā jāyēgā tō usmē̃ bahut samay kā purūṣhārth kam hō jāyēgā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bītnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] tō vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth kam hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . like time pass[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] then that[.mē̃] very time of effort decrease .
274As time continues to pass, the effort over a long period of time will continue to decrease.
222इसलिए गुजरात कमाल करेगा ना ! isliē gujarāt kamāl karēgā nā ! isliē gujarāt kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ! therefore Gujarat x do[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ !
275This is why Gujarat is going to perform wonders, are you not?
223अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
276It is good.
224गुजरात में टीचर्स भी बहुत हैं . gujarāt mē̃ teachers bhī bahut haĩ . gujarāt mē̃[postp.] teacher bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Gujarat in teacher too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
277There are many teachers in Gujarat.
225टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ . teachers hāth uṭhāō . teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . teacher raise your hands .
278Teachers, raise your hands!
226देखो कितनी टीचर्स हैं तो एक-एक सेन्टर एक-एक वारिस तो निकालो और पुराने सेन्टर हैं . dēkhō kitnī teachers haĩ tō ēk-ēk centre ēk-ēk vāris tō nikālō aur purānē centre haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō ēk[adj.] centre ēk[adj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] then one centre one heir then x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and old centre be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
279Look, there are so many teachers, and so each centre should make at least one heir emerge because these are old established centres.
227बापदादा के डायरेक्ट इशारे से गुजरात की सेवा आरम्भ हुई है तो बापदादा की दृष्टि से गुजरात हुआ है . bāpdādā kē|K direct iśhārē sē gujarāt kī|key sēvā ārambh huī hai tō bāpdādā kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi sē gujarāt huā hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K direct iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] gujarāt karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tō bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] gujarāt hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada (of|K) direct signal from Gujarat (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] then BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drishti from Gujarat be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
280The service in Gujarat started with a direct signal from BapDada, and so Gujarat was created with BapDada's drishti.
228वह भी तो काम करेगी ना . vah bhī tō kām karēgī nā . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā . that too then (task|lust) do[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ .
281That will also work, will it not?
229हैण्डस अच्छे हैं . hands achchhē haĩ . hand achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . hand achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
282There are good hands.
230कर सकते हैं . kar saktē haĩ . karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
283You can do it.
231करने वाले हैं और कर भी सकते हैं . karnē vālē haĩ aur kar bhī saktē haĩ . karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur karnā[root] bhī[p.] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] and do[root] too can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
284There are those who are capable and they can do it.
232तो सेन्टर ने प्रोग्राम तो बहुत किये हैं और अच्छे करते हैं . tō centre nē programme tō bahut kiyē haĩ aur achchhē kartē haĩ . tō centre nē[postp.] programme tō bahut karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then centre ∅ programme then very do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
285So, the centres have held and are still holding very good programmes.
233प्रोग्राम अच्छे किये हैं अभी वारिस में नम्बरवन जाओ . programme achchhē kiyē haĩ abhī vāris mē̃ number one jāō . programme achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] number one jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . programme achcha do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] now heir in number one go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
286You have made many good programmes, now become number one in making heirs.
234ठीक है ! ṭhīk hai ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! OK be[pres.sg.23] !
287Is this OK?
235करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
288Will you do this?
236टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ . teachers hāth uṭhāō . teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . teacher raise your hands .
289Teachers, raise your hands!
237तो इस वर्ष में , वर्ष के अन्दर जितनी टीचर हैं उतने वारिस मधुबन में लायेंगे . tō is varṣh mē̃ , varṣh kē|K andar jitnī teacher haĩ utnē vāris madhuban mē̃ lāyēṅgē . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then this year in , year (of|K) inside the more teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] x heir Madhuban in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
290So, this year, the whole year, you will bring as many heirs to Madhuban as there are teachers.
238लायेंगे ? lāyēṅgē ? lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
291Will you bring them?
239हाँ आज तो गुजरात का टर्न है इसलिए उसको कह रहे हैं लेकिन बापदादा सभी ज़ोन को कह रहा है . hā̃ āj tō gujarāt kā turn hai isliē uskō kah rahē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā sabhī zone kō kah rahā hai . hā̃ āj tō gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē vah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] zone kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . yes today then Gujarat of you be[pres.sg.23] therefore that[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but BapDada all zone to say[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
292Today, it is the turn of Gujarat, and so Baba is telling them, but, in fact, Baba is telling those of all zones.
240नम्बरवन कौन जाता है उसको प्राइज देंगे . number one kaun jātā hai uskō prize dēgē . number one kaun[pn.;d.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] prize dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . number one who go[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
293Those who become number one will be given a prize.
241जो वन नम्बर जायेगा उसको अच्छी प्राइज देंगे . jō one number jāyēgā uskō achchhī prize dēgē . jō[pn.;d.] one number jānā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] prize dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that one number go[fut.m.sg.23] that[.kō] achcha prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
294Those who claim number one will be given a good prize.
242सभी ज़ोन वाली जो बैठी हैं ना वह हाथ उठाओ . sabhī zone vālī jō baiṭhī haĩ nā vah hāth uṭhāō . sab[adv.hī] zone vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all zone those who that sit[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ that raise your hands .
295All those of the different zones sitting here, raise your hands!
243और कौन है ? aur kaun hai ? aur kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and who be[pres.sg.23] ?
296Who else is there?
244भाई भी उठाओ . bhāī bhī uṭhāō . bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) too uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
297Brothers also should stand up.
245ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
298Is that OK?
246उठाया . uṭhāyā . uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
247अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
299It is good.
248अभी देखेंगे पहला नम्बर कौन जाता है . abhī dēkhē̃gē pahlā number kaun jātā hai . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] pahlā number[x] kaun[pn.;d.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . now see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x who go[pres.sg.m.23] .
300We shall now see who claims number one.
249क्वालिटी भी देखेंगे . quality bhī dēkhē̃gē . quality bhī[p.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x too see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
301We shall also see the quality.
250वारिस तो बनाया लेकिन उसकी क्वालिटी क्या है ! vāris tō banāyā lēkin uskī quality kyā hai ! vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin vah[pn.sg.kī] quality kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! heir then create[past-part.m.sg.d.] but that[.kī] x what be[pres.sg.23] !
302You created heirs, but of what quality?
251क्योंकि बापदादा अभी समय की सूचना बार-बार दे रहे हैं . kyōṅki bāpdādā abhī samay kī|key sūchnā bār-bār dē rahē haĩ . kyōṅki bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sūchnā[n.f.;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . because BapDada now time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x time give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
303BapDada is now repeatedly warning you about the time.
252फिर नहीं कहना हमने तो समझा अभी टाइम पड़ा है क्योंकि अपने को भी सम्पन्न बनाना है , सेवा में भी आगे जाना है दो काम हैं . phir nahī̃ kahnā hamnē tō samjhā abhī time paṛā hai kyōṅki apnē kō bhī sampann banānā hai , sēvā mē̃ bhī āgē jānā hai dō kām haĩ . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.nē] tō samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] time paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] kyōṅki apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sampann[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āgē jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (turn[root]|then) not say[inf.m.sg.d.] we[.nē] then (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) now time fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] because one’s own to too full create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , service in too previously (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (task|lust) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
304Don't say later, "I thought there was a lot of time left" because you have to make yourself complete and you also have to go ahead in service: you have these two things to do.
253एक पुरूषार्थ , पुरूषार्थ में एक याद और दूसरी सेवा दोनों में नम्बरवन हो . ēk purūṣhārth , purūṣhārth mē̃ ēk yād aur dūsrī sēvā dōnō̃ mē̃ number one hō . ēk[adj.] puruṣhārth , puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] number one hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one effort , effort in one remembrance and other service x in number one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
305One is effort, but in your effort, there is remembrance and the other is service. 306Claim number one in both.
254तीसरा स्वभाव संस्कार उसमें परिवर्तन . tīsrā svabhāv saṅskār usmē̃ parivartan . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . third nature sanskar that[.mē̃] transformation .
307Thirdly, transformation of your nature and sanskars.
255यह नहीं कोई कहे यह है तो अच्छा , है तो अच्छा … नहीं कहे . yah nahī̃ kōī kahē yah hai tō achchhā , hai tō achchhā … nahī̃ kahē . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] … nahī̃[neg] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] . this not some (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) this be[pres.sg.23] then achcha , be[pres.sg.23] then achcha … not (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) . 256है अच्छा . hai achchhā . hōnā[pres.sg.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . be[pres.sg.23] achcha .
308No one should say, "This one is good, but.." 309They should not say, "but"; that one is definitely good.
257इसको कहा जाता है अच्छे ते अच्छा क्योंकि हालतें बदलती जायेंगी . iskō kahā jātā hai achchhē tē achchhā kyōṅki hālatē̃ badaltī jāyēṅgī . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyōṅki hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] badalnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) achcha from achcha because situation change[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
310This is known as being the best of all because the conditions are going to continue to change.
258आप चाहते हुए भी सेवा नहीं कर सकेंगे . āp chāhtē huē bhī sēvā nahī̃ kar sakē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . you x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too service not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
311You will not be able to serve even if you want to.
259बातें ऐसी होंगी जो व्यर्थ संकल्प चला देंगी . bātē̃ aisī hōṅgī jō vyarth saṅkalp chalā dē̃gī . bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . matter such be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] that wasteful thought x[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
312Situations will be such that it will create many waste thoughts.
260इसलिए तीव्र पुरूषार्थ , धरनी पर पांव नहीं हो , उड़ते रहो . isliē tīvr purūṣhārth , dharnī par pāṅw nahī̃ hō , uṛtē rahō . isliē tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth , dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . therefore intense effort , (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) (at|other) foot not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
313Therefore, make intense effort. 314Your feet should not be on the ground, but continue to fly.
261फरिश्ते के पांव धरती पर नहीं दिखाते हैं . phariśhtē kē|K pāṅw dhartī par nahī̃ dikhātē haĩ . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhartī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dharnā[pres-part.f.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . angel (of|K) foot (land|adopt[pres-part.f.]) (at|other) not x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 262तो स्थूल पांव नहीं लेकिन यह स्थिति के पांव . tō sthūl pāṅw nahī̃ lēkin yah sthiti kē|K pāṅw . tō sthūl[adj.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then physical foot not but this stage (of|K) foot .
315The feet of angels are never shown on the ground: not physical feet, but the feet of the stage.
263तो गुजरात बापदादा के मधुबन के सहयोगी बहुत हैं . tō gujarāt bāpdādā kē|K madhuban kē|K sahyōgī bahut haĩ . tō gujarāt bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Gujarat BapDada (of|K) Madhuban (of|K) co-operative very be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 264नजदीक हैं ना . najdīk haĩ nā . nazdīk hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
316So Gujarat is very co- operative with BapDada and Madhuban; it is close.
265तो कभी भी कोई भी बात हो तो पहले किसको बुलावा होता है ? tō kabhī bhī kōī bhī bāt hō tō pahlē kiskō bulāvā hōtā hai ? tō kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] bulāvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then ever too anyone matter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then (x|firstly) who[.kō] invitation be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
317Whenever anything happens who is called first?
266आते हैं ना फोन , गुजरात से इतने भेज दो . ātē haĩ nā phone , gujarāt sē itnē bhēj dō . ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā phone , gujarāt sē[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ x , Gujarat from such x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
318You receive phones calls, do you not? 319"Send so many from Gujarat".
267अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
320It is good.
268नजदीक का फायदा है , प्राप्ति भी है . najdīk kā phāydā hai , prāpti bhī hai . nazdīk kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , prāpti[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x of profit be[pres.sg.23] , attainment too be[pres.sg.23] .
321There is benefit in being close. 322There is attainment too.
269इसलिए गुजरात के जो रेग्युलर स्टूडेन्ट हैं उन सबको बापदादा की एक-एक श्रीमत पर चलने वाला सैम्पुल बनना है . isliē gujarāt kē|K jō regular student haĩ un sabkō bāpdādā kī|key ēk-ēk śhrīmat par chalnē vālā sample bannā hai . isliē gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] regular student hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkō bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sample bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . therefore Gujarat (of|K) that regularly student be[pres.pl.12hon3] that everything BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one shrimat (at|other) continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who sample become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
323This is why the regular students of Gujarat have to become samples of those who follow each and every one of BapDada's Shrimat.
270कोई भी सेन्टर पर जाये तो ऐसे दिखाई दे कि यह सब बापदादा के नजदीक वाले रत्न हैं . kōī bhī centre par jāyē tō aisē dikhāī dē ki yah sab bāpdādā kē|K najdīk vālē ratna haĩ . kōī bhī[x] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nazdīk vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . anyone centre (at|other) go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then such be visible that this all BapDada (of|K) x those who jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
324Any centre you go to, it should be visible that all of these are the jewels who are close to BapDada.
271ठीक है ! ṭhīk hai ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! OK be[pres.sg.23] !
325Is that OK?
272स्टूडेन्ट समझते हैं हाथ उठाओ , ऐसा , कोई भी श्रीमत कम नहीं हो . student samajhtē haĩ hāth uṭhāō , aisā , kōī bhī śhrīmat cum|kam nahī̃ hō . student samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kōī bhī[x] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . student understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] raise your hands , such , anyone shrimat (x|less) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
326The students who understand, raise your hands, in this way! 327(Baba demonstrated.) 328No Shrimat is any less.
273ठीक है हिम्मत वाले हैं . ṭhīk hai himmat vālē haĩ . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . OK be[pres.sg.23] courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
329It is good. 330You are those who have courage.
274अच्छी हिम्मत है . achchhī himmat hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha courage be[pres.sg.23] .
331You have good courage.
275ज्युरिस्ट , कलचरल और सिक्युरिटी विंग : अच्छा है तीनों ही विंग अपना-अपना कार्य अच्छा बढ़ा रही हैं . jurist , cultural aur security wing : achchhā hai tīnō̃ hī wing apnā-apnā kārya achchhā baṛhā rahī haĩ . jurist , cultural aur security wing : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] wing apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . jurist , x and security wing : achcha be[pres.sg.23] all three only wing (adopt[root]|one’s own) task achcha increase[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
332Jurists, Cultural and Security Wings: It is good that all three wings are moving ahead in their own work.
276बापदादा ने देखा है कि हर एक को उमंग रहता है कि हमको करना है लेकिन अभी जो बापदादा ने काम दिया है कि ऐसे माइक तैयार करो जो सभा में एक एक्जैम्पुल दिखाये , जो वायुमण्डल है तो ब्रह्माकुमार बनने से कारोबार नहीं कर सकेंगे , वह अनुभव सुनने से प्रैक्टिकल देखे कि यहाँ एक नहीं है , एक वर्ग के भी अनेक हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki har ēk kō umaṅg rahtā hai ki hamkō karnā hai lēkin abhī jō bāpdādā nē kām diyā hai ki aisē mike taiyār karō jō sabhā mē̃ ēk example dikhāyē , jō vāyumaṇḍal hai tō brahmākumār bannē sē kārōbār nahī̃ kar sakē̃gē , vah anubhav sunnē sē practical dēkhē ki yahā̃ ēk nahī̃ hai , ēk varg kē|K bhī anēk haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] example dikhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , jō[pn.;d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kārōbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] practical dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yahā̃ ēk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] anēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that each one to zeal remain[pres.sg.m.23] that we[.kō] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but now that BapDada ∅ (task|lust) give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that such mike x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that court in one example x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , that atmosphere be[pres.sg.23] then Brahma Kumar become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from x not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] , that experience listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] from practical (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) that here one not be[pres.sg.23] , one profession (of|K) too many be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
333BapDada has seen that each one has the enthusiasm to do something, but the work that BapDada has given you now is to prepare such mikes who would be examples in the gathering. 334At the moment, there is the feeling that by becoming a Brahma Kumar, you cannot work. 335Therefore, by hearing that one's experience, they can see in a practical way that it is not just one here, but there are many from one wing.
277तो प्रैक्टिकल अनुभवी देखने से उमंग आता है और सहज भी लगता है कि हम भी ऐसे कर सकते हैं . tō practical anubhavī dēkhnē sē umaṅg ātā hai aur sahaj bhī lagtā hai ki ham bhī aisē kar saktē haĩ . tō practical anubhavī[adj.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur sahaj[adj.] bhī[p.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . then practical experienced see[inf.m.pl.,o.] from zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] and easy too x[pres.sg.m.23] that we too such do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
336When you see someone with the practical experience, you feel enthusiastic and feel it to be easy that you can also do that.
278तो विंग में रेग्युलर स्टूडेन्ट बनाने की सेवा बहुत अच्छी हो सकती है . tō wing mē̃ regular student banānē kī|key sēvā bahut achchhī hō saktī hai . tō wing mē̃[postp.] regular student banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . then wing in regularly student create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service very achcha be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .
337Very good service can be done to make the people of the different wings into regular students.
279जितनी भी आपने सेवा की है उससे रेग्युलर स्टूडेन्ट कितने बने हैं ? jitnī bhī āpnē sēvā kī hai ussē regular student kitnē banē haĩ ? jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.nē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.sē] regular student kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? the more too you[.nē] service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.sē] regularly student so become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
338How many regular students have been created out of all the service that you have done?
280जब से वर्गों की सेवा शुरू हुई है तब से लेके अब तक रिजल्ट निकालो कि हर एक वर्ग वालों के स्टूडेन्ट रेग्युलर कितने बने हैं ! jab sē vargō̃ kī|key sēvā śhurū huī hai tab sē lēkē ab tak result nikālō ki har ēk varg vālō̃ kē|K student regular kitnē banē haĩ ! jab sē[postp.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] śhurū hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tab sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] ab[adv.] tak result nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K student regular kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ! when from profession (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service x for only then from take[abs.] now until result x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that each one profession those who (of|K) student regularly so become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !
339See the result of the service from the time that the service of the wings started until now: how many have become regular students?
281और कौन सी क्वालिटी वाले बने हैं ? aur kaun see|sī|C quality vālē banē haĩ ? aur kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C quality vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? and who (see|x) x those who become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
340And of what quality have they become?
282क्योंकि काफी समय वर्ग की सेवा चली है और करते सभी प्यार से हैं . kyōṅki kāphī samay varg kī|key sēvā chalī hai aur kartē sabhī pyār sē haĩ . kyōṅki kāphī[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sab[adv.hī] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because enough time profession (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service continue[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] all love from be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 283क्योंकि चांस मिला है , अलग-अलग सेवा करने का . kyōṅki chance milā hai , alag-alag sēvā karnē kā . kyōṅki chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , alag[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . because chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , separate service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
341The service of the wings has been continuing for some time and all of you do it with a lot of love because you have received the chance to do different types of service.
284इसीलिए अभी यह रिजल्ट निकालो . isīliē abhī yah result nikālō . isīliē ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] result nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x now this result x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
342Therefore, now look at the result.
285कनेक्शन वाले कितने हैं ? connection vālē kitnē haĩ ? connection vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? connection those who so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 286रेग्युलर कितने हैं ? regular kitnē haĩ ? regular kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? regularly so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
343How many are in connection and how many are regular?
287जो रेग्युलर होंगे उनका तो चार्ट अच्छा ही होगा . jō regular hōṅgē unkā tō chart achchhā hī hōgā . jō[pn.;d.] regular hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kā] tō chart achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that regularly be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that[.kā] then chart achcha only be[fut.m.sg.23] .
344The chart of those who are regular would anyway be good.
288तो हर एक वर्ग वाले यह रिजल्ट निकाले , कभी कभी आने वाले तो होते हैं . tō har ēk varg vālē yah result nikālē , kabhī kabhī ānē vālē tō hōtē haĩ . tō har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] result nikālnā[opt.sg.23]|nikālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then each one profession those who this result (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , ever ever (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who then be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
345So, those from each wing should see this result. 346There are also those who only come sometimes.
289कोई फंक्शन में आ गये , कोई प्रोग्राम में आ गये लेकिन बाप के बने कितने ? kōī function mē̃ ā gayē , kōī programme mē̃ ā gayē lēkin bāp kē|K banē kitnē ? kōī[pn.;d.] function mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , kōī[pn.;d.] programme mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? some x in come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , some programme in come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] but father (of|K) (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) so ?
347They may attend some functions or some programmes, but how many belong to the Father?
290क्योंकि यह कार्य चलता ही रहता है तो रिजल्ट भी तो निकलनी चाहिए . kyōṅki yah kārya chaltā hī rahtā hai tō result bhī tō nikalnī chāhiē . kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō result bhī[p.] tō nikalnā[.oblig3] . because this task continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only remain[pres.sg.m.23] then result too then be extracted[.oblig3] .
348This work will keep on going, and so we should see the result.
291अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
349It is good.
292यह तीनों ही विंग बापदादा ने देखा है कि उमंग उत्साह से आपस में मीटिंग भी करते हैं बीच-बीच में उत्साह दिलाने के पत्र व्यवहार भी करते हैं और रिजल्ट तो होगी ही क्योंकि हर वारी हर वर्ष बापदादा भी डायरेक्शन देते रहते हैं तो अच्छा है सेवा का चांस लेते हैं . yah tīnō̃ hī wing bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki umaṅg utsāh sē āpas mē̃ meeting bhī kartē haĩ bīch-bīch mē̃ utsāh dilānē kē|K patra vyavahār bhī kartē haĩ aur result tō hōgī hī kyōṅki har|her vārī har|her varṣh bāpdādā bhī direction dētē rahtē haĩ tō achchhā hai sēvā kā chance lētē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] wing bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āpas mē̃[x] meeting bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] vyavahār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur result tō hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] hī[p.] kyōṅki har|harnā[root]|her vārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] har|harnā[root]|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] direction dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this all three only wing BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that zeal enthusiasm from with each other meeting too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x enthusiasm x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) x behaviour too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and result then be[fut.f.sg.23] only because (x|x[root]) x (x|x[root]) year BapDada too direction give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then achcha be[pres.sg.23] service of chance take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
350BapDada has seen that all three wings have meetings among themselves with zeal and enthusiasm and that you also correspond with one another every now and then to give encouragement, and so there will of course be some results. 351Every year, every time, BapDada has been giving directions, and so it is good that you take this chance for serving.
293सब सन्तुष्ट हैं ? sab santuṣhṭ haĩ ? sab[adj.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? all content be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
352Are all of you content?
294तीनों के हेड हाथ उठाओ . tīnō̃ kē|K head hāth uṭhāō . tīnō̃[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K head hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all three (of|K) head raise your hands .
353The heads of all three wings, raise your hands!
295अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
354Achcha.
296तो आपके विंग में जो भी आते हैं , मीटिंग करते हैं , प्रोग्राम बनाते हैं , आपस में मिलते रहते हैं तो सभी उमंग उत्साह में हैं ? tō āpkē wing mē̃ jō bhī ātē haĩ , meeting kartē haĩ , programme banātē haĩ , āpas mē̃ miltē rahtē haĩ tō sabhī umaṅg utsāh mē̃ haĩ ? tō āp[pn.pl.kē] wing mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , meeting karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , programme banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , āpas mē̃[x] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō sab[adv.hī] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then you[.kē] wing in that too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , meeting do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , programme create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , with each other receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then all zeal enthusiasm in be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
355Are all those who are part of your wing, who have meetings, who make programmes and who meet one another, filled with zeal and enthusiasm?
297जो प्लैन बनता है , मानो मीटिंग में प्रोग्राम बना लेकिन जो सभी ज़ोन हैं उसमें जो आपका प्लैन बना , वह आपके विंग का मेम्बर उसी अपनी एरिया में प्रैक्टिकल में लाते हैं , यह समाचार आप लेते रहते हो ? jō plan bantā hai , mānō meeting mē̃ programme banā lēkin jō sabhī zone haĩ usmē̃ jō āpkā plan banā , vah āpkē wing kā member usī apnī area mē̃ practical mē̃ lātē haĩ , yah samāchār āp lētē rahtē hō ? jō[pn.;d.] plan bannā[pres.sg.m.23] , mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] meeting mē̃[postp.] programme bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] zone hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] plan bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] , vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] wing kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] member vah[pn.sg.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] area mē̃[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ? that plan become[pres.sg.m.23] , x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] meeting in programme (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) but that all zone be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] that you[.kā] plan (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) , that you[.kē] wing of member that[.hī] one’s own x in practical in x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this news you take[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ?
356Do you receive the news of the plans that are made and of programmes that are finalised in meetings to see whether members of your wing have carried out practically those in their area in their own wing?
298क्योंकि विंग का बड़ा आफिस तो एक सेन्टर पर होता है लेकिन सेवा सारे जोन में होनी है , सिर्फ एक दो में नहीं , जो मेम्बर हैं वह अपने स्थान में तो कराते होंगे लेकिन जिस सेन्टर के मेम्बर नहीं हैं वहाँ भी आपने जो प्लैन बनाया वह चला क्योंकि वर्ल्ड की बात है ना यह . kyōṅki wing kā baṛā office tō ēk centre par hōtā hai lēkin sēvā sārē zone mē̃ hōnī hai , sirph ēk dō mē̃ nahī̃ , jō member haĩ vah apnē sthān mē̃ tō karātē hōṅgē lēkin jis centre kē|K member nahī̃ haĩ vahā̃ bhī āpnē jō plan banāyā vah chalā kyōṅki world kī|key bāt hai nā yah . kyōṅki wing kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] office tō ēk[adj.] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , jō[pn.;d.] member hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō karānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.sg.o.] centre kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K member nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.nē] jō[pn.;d.] plan banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chalānā[root] kyōṅki world karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā yah[pn.sg.d.] . because wing of very office then one centre (at|other) be[pres.sg.m.23] but service the whole zone in be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , only one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) in not , that member be[pres.pl.12hon3] that one’s own place in then make commit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but that centre (of|K) member not be[pres.pl.12hon3] there too you[.nē] that plan create[past-part.m.sg.d.] that (continue[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) because world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] ∅ this .
357The main office of the wings would be at one centre, but the same service has to be carried out throughout the whole zone, not just at one or two centres. 358Those who are members would be carrying out the activities at their own centres too. 359However, were you able to carry out the plans at the centres where there are no members, because it is a question of the world, is it not?
299तो यह भी अटेन्शन रखो रिजल्ट मांगो , एक-एक सेन्टर ने प्रैक्टिकल में लाया और मुश्किल क्या है , नहीं लाया तो क्या मुश्किल है ? tō yah bhī attention rakhō result māṅgō , ēk-ēk centre nē practical mē̃ lāyā aur muśhkil kyā hai , nahī̃ lāyā tō kyā muśhkil hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] attention rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] result mā̃gnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] centre nē[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur muśhkil[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then this too attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] result ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one centre ∅ practical in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] and difficult what be[pres.sg.23] , not x[past-part.m.sg.d.] then what difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
360So, pay attention to this and ask for the results. 361Did each centre put this into a practical form? 362What was difficult? 363If you were not able to put it into a practical form, what was difficult?
300उसको विंग वाले सैलवेशन दें . uskō wing vālē salvation dē̃ . vah[pn.sg.kō] wing vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] salvation dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . that[.kō] wing those who salvation give[opt.pl.12hon3] .
364Those of the wings should give salvation (help) to those centres.
301जैसे अभी प्रोग्राम किया , एक साथ किया तो उसका प्रभाव अलग होता है ऐसे एक ही प्रोग्राम विंग का सभी जगह चले तो वह नाम बाला हो जायेगा . jaisē abhī programme kiyā , ēk sāth kiyā tō uskā prabhāv alag hōtā hai aisē ēk hī programme wing kā sabhī jagah chalē tō vah nām bālā hō jāyēgā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] programme karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] programme wing kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] jagah[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālā[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . like now programme do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , one with do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then that[.kā] x separate be[pres.sg.m.23] such one only programme wing of all x (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then that name x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
365You just now had a programme. 366When you all do it together, it has a different impact. 367In the same way, the same programme of the wings should take place everywhere and your name will be glorified.
302ऐसे रिपोर्ट लो और सभी शहरों में हर एक विंग का काम चलना चाहिए . aisē report lō|low aur sabhī śhaharō̃ mē̃ har ēk wing kā kām chalnā chāhiē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] report lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low aur sab[adv.hī] śhahar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] wing kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|chalnā[.oblig3] . such report (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) and all city in each one wing of (task|lust) (continue[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|continue[.oblig3]) .
368Take a report of this: the work of every wing should be carried out in all the cities.
303तभी तो नाम बाला होगा ना . tabhī tō nām bālā hōgā nā . tabhī tō nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālā[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . x then name x be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
369Only then will your name be glorified.
304बाकी बापदादा खुश है . bākī bāpdādā khuśh hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
370However, otherwise, BapDada is pleased.
305मेहनत करते हैं , तीनों ही अपना-अपना नाम समझना . mēhnat kartē haĩ , tīnō̃ hī apnā-apnā nām samajhnā . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , all three only (adopt[root]|one’s own) name understand[inf.m.sg.d.] .
371You are working hard, and each of you three wings should consider your own name mentioned.
306काम कर रहे हैं लेकिन फैलाओ . kām kar rahē haĩ lēkin phailāō . kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (task|lust) do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
372You are doing the work, but now spread it more.
307हर स्थान से ऐसा कोई नामीग्रामी निकले . har|her sthān sē aisā kōī nāmīgrāmī nikalē . har|harnā[root]|her sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nāmīgrāmī[adj.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] . (x|x[root]) place from such some x (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) .
373A well-known person should emerge from every place.
308उसको उमंग दिलाना पड़ेगा . uskō umaṅg dilānā paṛēgā . vah[pn.sg.kō] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . that[.kō] zeal x[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
374You will have to give that one zeal and enthusiasm.
309ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
375Is that all right?
310अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
376Achcha.
31160 देशों से 650 डबल विदेशी भाई बहिनें आये हैं : पहले फॉरेन का यूथ ग्रुप उठे . 60 dēśhō̃ sē 650 double vidēśhī bhāī bahinē̃ āyē haĩ : pahlē foreign kā youth group uṭhē . 60 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] 650 double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] foreign kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] youth group uṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|uṭhnā[opt.sg.23] . 60 land from 650 double foreigner (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : (x|firstly) abroad of youth group (wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|wake up[opt.sg.23]) .
377650 double foreign brothers and sisters have come from 60 countries. 378First, the foreign Youth Group should stand up.
312अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
379It is good.
313फॉरेन में यूथ ग्रुप सेवा कर रहा है . foreign mē̃ youth group sēvā kar rahā hai . foreign mē̃[postp.] youth group sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . abroad in youth group service do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
380The youth group abroad is doing service.
314यह बापदादा ने समाचार भी सुना है और बापदादा को अच्छा लगा है कि ऐसे विशेष यूथ फॉरेनर्स तैयार हो जो एक दिन दिल्ली में सारे यूथ नहीं लेकिन थोड़े-थोड़े फॉरेन के थोड़े यहाँ के ऐसे ग्रुप बनाके दिल्ली में प्राइम मिनिस्टर या जो बड़े मिनिस्टर हैं उनसे मिलने जावें , वह प्रैक्टिकल देखें तो फॉरेन वाले भी यूथ बदल रहे हैं . yah bāpdādā nē samāchār bhī sunā hai aur bāpdādā kō achchhā lagā hai ki aisē viśhēṣh youth foreigners taiyār hō jō ēk din dillī mē̃ sārē youth nahī̃ lēkin thōṛē-thōṛē foreign kē|K thōṛē yahā̃ kē|K aisē group banākē dillī mē̃ prime minister yā jō baṛē minister haĩ unsē milnē jāvē̃ , vah practical dēkhē̃ tō foreign vālē bhī youth badal rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] youth foreigner taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] youth nahī̃[neg] lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foreign kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group banānā[abs.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] prime minister[x] yā jō[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] minister hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.sē] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] practical dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] youth badalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this BapDada ∅ news too listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and BapDada to enjoy that such special youth foreigner x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that one day Delhi in the whole youth not but short abroad (of|K) short here (of|K) such group create[abs.] Delhi in prime minister or that very minister be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.sē] receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[opt.pl.12hon3] , that practical see[opt.pl.12hon3] then abroad those who too youth change[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
381BapDada has heard this news and has liked that the special foreign youth are being prepared: Not all the youth, but some from abroad and some from here who have been prepared as a group to go and meet the Prime Minister or another senior minister in Delhi. 382They should see practically that Youth abroad are changing and that those from India are also changing because the Government nowadays has a greater problem with the youth.
315इन्डिया वाले भी बदल रहे हैं क्योंकि गवर्मेन्ट को अभी यूथ की प्रॉबलम ज्यादा है तो ऐसे समय पर अगर गवर्मेन्ट के पास प्रैक्टिकल देखे , एक्जैम्पुल देंखे तो वह समझेंगे और गवर्मेन्ट का जो विशेष वर्ग का मिनिस्टर है उस वर्ग वाले उनके पास खास जाके मिले तो वह समझे कि ऐसे दुःख और अशान्ति के वायुमण्डल में , एक तरफ दुःख अशान्ति दूसरे तरफ तमोगुणी वायब्रेशन , दोनों के बीच यह यूथ परिवर्तन कर चल रहा है तो उनका संस्था के तरफ अटेन्शन जायेगा . India vālē bhī badal rahē haĩ kyōṅki government kō abhī youth kī|key problem jyādā hai tō aisē samay par agar government kē pās practical dēkhē , example dēṅkhē tō vah samajhē̃gē aur government kā jō viśhēṣh varg kā minister hai us varg vālē unkē pās|pass khās jākē milē tō vah samajhē ki aisē duḥkh aur aśhānti kē|K vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ , ēk taraph duḥkh aśhānti dūsrē taraph tamōguṇī vibration , dōnō̃ kē|K bīch yah youth parivartan kar chal rahā hai tō unkā sansthā kē|K taraph attention jāyēgā . India vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] badalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki government kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] youth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key problem jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] agar government kē pās[x] practical dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] , example dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur government kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] minister hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass khās jānā[abs.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] aur aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , ēk taraph[x] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dūsrē taraph[x] tamoguṇī[adj.] vibration , dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch yah[pn.sg.d.] youth parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root.root+calnā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.pl.kā] sansthā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . India those who too change[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because government to now youth (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) problem more be[pres.sg.23] then such time (at|other) if government to practical (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) , example see[opt.pl.12hon3] then that understand[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and government of that special profession of minister be[pres.sg.23] that profession those who that[.kē] (x|pass) x go[abs.] (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) then that (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that such (sorrow|hurt[root]) and peacelessness (of|K) atmosphere in , x (sorrow|hurt[root]) peacelessness x x vibrations , x (of|K) centre this youth transformation do[root.root+calnā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then that[.kā] x (of|K) direction attention go[fut.m.sg.23] .
383At such a time, if the Government were to see this practically, if it were to see this example, they would understand. 384If members of a particular wing go to meet an official representative of the Government for that wing, so that they understand. 385In an atmosphere of such sorrow and peacelessness, where there is sorrow and peacelessness on one side and tamoguni vibrations on the other side, the Youth are moving between the two having transformed themselves. 386Their attention will then be drawn to this organisation.
316हर वर्ग अपने मुख्य जो मिनिस्टर हों , प्राइममिनिस्टर नहीं उसके वर्ग का मिनिस्टर , कम से कम उसके पास छोटा ग्रुप ही जाये जो समाचार सुनावे . har|her varg apnē mukhya jō minister hō̃ , prime minister nahī̃ uskē varg kā minister , kam sē kam uskē pās|pass chhōṭā group hī jāyē jō samāchār sunāvē . har|harnā[root]|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukhya[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] minister hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , prime minister nahī̃[neg] uskā[pn.sg.kē] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] minister , kam sē kam[x] uskā[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.sg.23] . (x|x[root]) profession one’s own main that minister be[opt.pl.12hon3] , prime minister not of that[.kē] profession of minister , at least of that[.kē] (x|pass) small group only go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that news speak[opt.sg.23] .
387At least a small group of the members of the wings should go and give the news to the ministers of their wings: not the Prime Minister, but the ministers of their wings.
317सारे मिनिस्ट्री में यह पता पड़ जायेगा तो यह सब वर्गो की सेवा करते हैं . sārē ministry mē̃ yah patā paṛ jāyēgā tō yah sab vargō kī|key sēvā kartē haĩ . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ministry mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . the whole x in this knowledge fall[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] then this all profession (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
388Then, it would become known in the whole Ministry that you serve all wings.
318अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
389It is good.
319बापदादा भी यूथ ग्रुप में परिवर्तन देख खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā bhī youth group mē̃ parivartan dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] youth group mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada too youth group in transformation see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
390BapDada is also pleased to see transformation in the Youth Group.
320लेकिन ऐसे यूथ जायें जो स्वयं अपने से सन्तुष्ट हों . lēkin aisē youth jāyē̃ jō svayã apnē sē santuṣhṭ hō̃ . lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] youth jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] svayã apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . but such youth go[opt.pl.12hon3] that x one’s own from content be[opt.pl.12hon3] . 321प्रैक्टिकल लाइफ में हो . practical life mē̃ hō . practical life[x] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . life in a practical way in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
391However, the Youth who are contented with themselves and who are leading a practical life should go.
322भले कोई सुनाये नहीं सुनाये लेकिन बाप का नियम है कि एक्जैम्पुल वह बनें जो पहले खुद में सन्तुष्ट हो . bhalē kōī sunāyē nahī̃ sunāyē lēkin bāp kā niyam hai ki example vah banē̃ jō pahlē khud mē̃ santuṣhṭ hō . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] sunānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] sunānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] example vah[pn.sg.d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] khud mē̃[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . benefit some speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.] not speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but father of law be[pres.sg.23] that example that become[opt.pl.12hon3] that (x|firstly) oneself in content (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
392Whether they relate something or not, it is the Father's discipline that only those who are contented with themselves should become the examples.
323और यूथ प्रॉबलम अपनी हल करने के लिए जो भी निमित्त हैं उनकी मदद लें . aur youth problem apnī hal karnē kē liē jō bhī nimitt haĩ unkī madad lē̃ . aur youth problem apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] hal[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kī] madad[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . and youth problem one’s own x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for that too instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kī] x take[opt.pl.12hon3] .
393And the youth should seek help from the instruments to solve their problems.
324कुछ भी हो अपनी कमज़ोरी मिटाना ही है . kuchh bhī hō apnī kamzōrī miṭānā hī hai . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] miṭānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) one’s own weakness x[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
394No matter what happens, you have to finish your weaknesses.
325ऐसे यूथ वायबे्रशन फैला सकते हैं . aisē youth vibration phailā saktē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] youth vibration phailānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . such youth vibrations spread[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
395The Youth can spread such vibrations.
326आवाज फैला सकते हैं . āvāj phailā saktē haĩ . āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . noise spread[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
396You can spread the sound.
327जैसे जैसे आवाज फैलेगा वैसे वैसे इस कार्य का दुनिया में प्रभाव पड़ेगा . jaisē jaisē āvāj phailēgā vaisē vaisē is kārya kā duniyā mē̃ prabhāv paṛēgā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . like like noise spread[fut.m.sg.23] x x this task of world in x fall[fut.m.sg.23] .
397As the sound spreads, so this task will have an impact on the world.
328तो ग्रुप वाले जो ग्रुप निमित्त बने हैं उनको बहुत अपनी सम्भाल करनी है , पूरा एक्जैम्पुल बनना है . tō group vālē jō group nimitt banē haĩ unkō bahut apnī sambhāl karnī hai , pūrā example bannā hai . tō group vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] group nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] bahut apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] example bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then group those who that group instrument become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] very one’s own (x|be careful[root]) do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , full example become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
398So those who have become instruments for the group, each of you have to look after yourself very well and become a complete example.
329ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
399Is that all right?
330सब यूथ ठीक हैं . sab youth ṭhīk haĩ . sab[adj.] youth ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all youth OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
400Are all the Youth OK?
331हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
401Raise your hands!
332तो बापदादा आप सभी को देखके बहुत-बहुत खुश है . tō bāpdādā āp sabhī kō dēkhkē bahut-bahut khuśh hai . tō bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada you all to see[abs.] very happy be[pres.sg.23] .
402Seeing all of you, BapDada is very pleased.
333ऐसे एक्जैम्पुल बहुत कार्य करेंगे . aisē example bahut kārya karē̃gē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] example bahut kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . such example very task do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
403Such examples will do a lot of work.
334अभी तो आप जायेंगे फिर आपको खुद निमन्त्रण देंगे . abhī tō āp jāyēṅgē phir āpkō khud nimantraṇ dēgē . ab[adv.hī] tō āp[pn.pl.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] āp[pn.pl.kō] khud nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now then you go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) you[.kō] oneself invitation give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
404At present, you have to go there, but then they themselves will send you an invitation.
335अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
405It is good.
336बढ़ रहे हो और बढ़ते चलो , बापदादा की यही सारे यूथ , इन्डिया के यूथ या फॉरेन के यूथ दोनों में बहुत बहुत शुभ आशायें हैं . baṛh rahē hō aur baṛhtē chalō , bāpdādā kī|key yahī sārē youth , India kē|K youth yā foreign kē|K youth dōnō̃ mē̃ bahut bahut śhubh āśhāyē̃ haĩ . baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yahī[pn.;d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] youth , India kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K youth yā foreign kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K youth dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] bahut bahut śhubh[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . grow[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this the whole youth , India (of|K) youth or abroad (of|K) youth x in very very pure and positive desire be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
406You are moving forward and will continue to do so. 407BapDada has many, many pure hopes in the Youth of India and the Youth abroad.
337बधाई भी है और आशायें भी हैं . badhāī bhī hai aur āśhāyē̃ bhī haĩ . badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . greetings too be[pres.sg.23] and desire too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
408He is giving congratulations and also has many hopes.
338अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
409Achcha.
339डबल विदेशी छोटे बच्चे : यह एक ही ग्रुप है बच्चों का . double vidēśhī chhōṭē bachchē : yah ēk hī group hai bachchō̃ kā . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] : yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] group hōnā[pres.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . double foreigner small child : this one only group be[pres.sg.23] child of .
410Little foreign children: This is the only group of children.
340 ( बच्चों ने गीत गाया - छोटे-छोटे फूल हैं हम और किसी से नहीं हैं कम ) सभी बच्चे फूल बनकर ही रहते हो ना . ( bachchō̃ nē gīt gāyā - chhōṭē-chhōṭē fool|phūl haĩ ham aur kisī sē nahī̃ haĩ cum|kam ) sabhī bachchē fool|phūl bankar hī rahtē hō nā . ( bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] fool|phūl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|phūlnā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] aur kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] cum|kam[adj.] ) sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] fool|phūl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|phūlnā[root] bannā[abs.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . ( child ∅ x sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] - small (x|flower|x[root]) be[pres.pl.12hon3] we and (anything|some) from not be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x|less) ) all child (x|flower|x[root]) become[abs.] only remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
411(Children sang a song: We are the little flowers who are no less than others.) 412All of you children live like flowers, do you not?
341जो बाप की श्रीमत है उस पर चलते हो ? jō bāp kī|key śhrīmat hai us par chaltē hō ? jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? that father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shrimat be[pres.sg.23] that (at|other) continue[pres.pl.m.2] ?
413Do you follow the Father's shrimat?
342जो चलता है वह हाथ उठाओ . jō chaltā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that continue[pres.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .
414Those who are following it, raise your hands!
343अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
415Achcha.
344अच्छा है लक्की बच्चे हो जो छोटेपन में ही बाप का मिलन हो गया . achchhā hai lucky bachchē hō jō chhōṭēpan mē̃ hī bāp kā milan hō gayā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lucky bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] chhōṭēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] lucky child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that become like a child in only father of meeting be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . 345और सभी आपको देख खुश हो रहे हैं . aur sabhī āpkō dēkh khuśh hō rahē haĩ . aur sab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and all you[.kō] see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
416It is good. 417You are lucky children that you found the Father in your childhood, and everyone is happy on seeing you.
346ऐसा भी दिन आयेगा जो बड़े बड़े लोग , बड़ी बड़ी कम्पन्नी वाले आप बच्चों को बुलायेंगे , ऐसे तकदीरवान बच्चे कौन हैं जो ऐसे बने हैं इसीलिए हर बच्चा अपनी धारणायें पक्की रखना . aisā bhī din āyēgā jō baṛē baṛē lōg , baṛī baṛī company vālē āp bachchō̃ kō bulāyēṅgē , aisē takdīrvān bachchē kaun haĩ jō aisē banē haĩ isīliē har|her bachchā apnī dhārṇāyē̃ pakkī rakhnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] company vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bulānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] takdīrvān[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] isīliē har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dhārṇā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such too day come[fut.m.sg.23] that very very people , very very company those who you child to call[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , such fortunate child who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that such become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x (x|x[root]) child one’s own dharna firm keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
418Such a day will come when eminent people and people from huge companies will invite you children. 419Who else are such fortunate children who have become like you? 420This is why all of you children have to remain firm with your dharna.
347कभी भी कोई धारणा भूलना नहीं क्योंकि आप बापदादा और लौकिक बाप तीन के बच्चे हो . kabhī bhī kōī dhārṇā bhūlnā nahī̃ kyōṅki āp bāpdādā aur laukik bāp tīn kē|K bachchē hō . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] bāpdādā aur laukik[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīn[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ever too some dharna forget[inf.m.sg.d.] not because you BapDada and worldly father x (of|K) child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
421Never forget any dharna because you are the children of the three fathers: Bap, Dada and your lokik father.
348तो कमाल दिखायेंगे ना . tō kamāl dikhāyēṅgē nā . tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . then x x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
422So, you will perform wonders, will you not?
349तो सभी बहुत अच्छी कमाल करके दिखाना . tō sabhī bahut achchhī kamāl karkē dikhānā . tō sab[adv.hī] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then all very achcha x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
423So, all of you show very good wonders.
350अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
424Achcha.
351सभी डबल विदेशी भाई बहिनों से : अच्छा , सिन्धी ग्रुप भी आया है , बहुत अच्छा . sabhī double vidēśhī bhāī bahinō̃ sē : achchhā , sindhī group bhī āyā hai , bahut achchhā . sab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sindhī[adj.] group bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . all double foreigner (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x from : achcha , x group too come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , very achcha .
425All double-foreign brothers and sisters. 426Achcha. 427The Sindhi group has also come. 428Very good.
352प्यार है ना बाबा से . pyār hai nā bābā sē . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā bābā sē[postp.] . love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ Baba from .
429You have love for Baba.
353बाप से प्यार है ना बहुत . bāp sē pyār hai nā bahut . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā bahut . father from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ very .
430You have a lot of love for the Father, do you not?
354बाप भी याद करते हैं क्यों ? bāp bhī yād kartē haĩ kyō̃ ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyō̃ ? father too remember why ?
431The Father also remembers you. 432Why?
355क्यों याद करते हैं ? kyō̃ yād kartē haĩ ? kyō̃ yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? why remember ?
433Why does He remember you?
356सिन्ध में ही बाप आया ना ! sindh mē̃ hī bāp āyā nā ! sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! Sindh in only father come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ !
434The Father came in Sindh, did He not?
357तो जिस देश में आया वहाँ की सौगात तो होनी चाहिए ना . tō jis dēśh mē̃ āyā vahā̃ kī|key saugāt tō hōnī chāhiē nā . tō jō[pn.sg.o.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vahā̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[.oblig3] nā . then that land in come[past-part.m.sg.d.] there (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift then be[.oblig3] ∅ .
435So, there has to be a gift from the place where he came from.
358इसीलिए बाप कहते हैं कि सिन्धी ग्रुप ऐसा कोई कार्य करके दिखावे जो अनेक सिन्धी आत्माओं की सेवा के निमित्त बनें . isīliē bāp kahtē haĩ ki sindhī group aisā kōī kārya karkē dikhāvē jō anēk sindhī ātmāō̃ kī|key sēvā kē nimitt banē̃ . isīliē bāp kahtē haĩ[x] ki[conj.] sindhī[adj.] group aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhāvā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] anēk[adj.] sindhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . x the Father says that x group such some task do[abs.] x that many x soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service x become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
436This is why the Father says that the Sindhi group should perform such a task that you become instruments to serve many other Sindhi souls.
359बापदादा को अच्छा लगता है कि हर सीजन में फॉरेनर्स मधुबन के श्रृंगार बनते हैं . bāpdādā kō achchhā lagtā hai ki har|her season mē̃ foreigners madhuban kē|K śhrr̥iṅgār bantē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her season mē̃[postp.] foreigner madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to enjoy that (x|x[root]) season in foreigner Madhuban (of|K) (decorate[root]|decoration) become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
437BapDada likes it that the foreigners become the decoration of Madhuban every season (meeting).
360अच्छा उमंग उत्साह है , 60 देशों से आये हैं तो इतनी सेवा है ना . achchhā umaṅg utsāh hai , 60 dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ tō itnī sēvā hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , 60 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . achcha zeal enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] , 60 land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then such service be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 361और जो भी जिस देश में हैं वहाँ सेवा के बिना तो रह नहीं सकते . aur jō bhī jis dēśh mē̃ haĩ vahā̃ sēvā kē|K binā tō rah nahī̃ saktē . aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.sg.o.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā tō rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . and that too that land in be[pres.pl.12hon3] there service (of|K) without then remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
438There is good zeal and enthusiasm. 439You have come from 60 countries and so there is that much service, and whoever it is in whichever country, you cannot remain without doing service.
362जो भी मिलता होगा उसको क्या सुनायेंगे ? jō bhī miltā hōgā uskō kyā sunāyēṅgē ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] kyā sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? that too receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] that[.kō] what speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
440What would you tell whomever you meet?
363और बातों में तो जायेंगे नहीं तो इतने देशों में सेवा हो रही है ना . aur bātō̃ mē̃ tō jāyēṅgē nahī̃ tō itnē dēśhō̃ mē̃ sēvā hō rahī hai nā . aur bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] tō jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃ tō[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā . and matter in then go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] otherwise such land in service be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ∅ .
441You will not go into other matters; so service is taking place in this many countries.
364अभी तो औरों को सन्देश देने के लिए फॉरेनर्स के अच्छे-अच्छे ग्रुप बन गये हैं . abhī tō aurō̃ kō sandēśh dēnē kē liē foreigners kē|K achchhē-achchhē group ban gayē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] tō aurō̃ kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] foreigner kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . now then others to message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for foreigner (of|K) achcha group become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
442Now, very good groups of foreigners have been created to go and give the message to others.
365भिन्न भिन्न कोर्स भी कराते हैं . bhinn bhinn course bhī karātē haĩ . bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] course bhī[p.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . different different course too make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
443You also give various courses.
366तो बापदादा ने देखा जैसे भारत वाले सेवा फैला रहे हैं ऐसे फॉरेनर्स भी सेवा फैलाते रहेंगे तो सारे विश्व में बाप का सन्देश तो पहुंच जायेगा . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā jaisē bhārat vālē sēvā phailā rahē haĩ aisē foreigners bhī sēvā phailātē rahē̃gē tō sārē viśhva mē̃ bāp kā sandēśh tō pahuñch jāyēgā . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foreigner bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] tō pahuñchnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] like Bharat those who service spread[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] such foreigner too service spread[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then the whole world in father of message then reach[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
444BapDada has seen that if the foreigners continue to spread service just as the people from Bharat are doing, then the Father's message will reach the whole world.
367फॉरेन वाले भी अपनी अपनी एरिया में कोशिश कर रहे हैं , किया भी है तो आस पास में कोई न कोई प्रोग्राम बनाके भी सन्देश दे दो . foreign vālē bhī apnī apnī area mē̃ kōśhiśh kar rahē haĩ , kiyā bhī hai tō ās pās|pass mē̃ kōī na kōī programme banākē bhī sandēśh dē dō . foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] area mē̃[postp.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ās-pās pās|pass mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] programme banānā[abs.] bhī[p.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . abroad those who too one’s own one’s own x in try do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , do[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] then x (x|pass) in one .. or another programme create[abs.] too message give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
445Those from foreign lands are making their own effort and, they have done it. 446Make one programme or another in areas near you and give them the message.
368तो बापदादा को अच्छा लगता है जो सेवा में भिन्न - भिन्न प्रोग्राम करते रहते हैं , सन्देश देते रहते हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . tō bāpdādā kō achchhā lagtā hai jō sēvā mē̃ bhinn - bhinn programme kartē rahtē haĩ , sandēśh dētē rahtē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] - bhinn[adj.] programme karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , sandēśh[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada to enjoy that service in different - different programme do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , message give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] that raise your hands .
447BapDada likes it that you continue to hold different programmes to serve others. 448Those who continue to give the message, raise your hands!
369सेवा करते रहते हैं , करते हैं ना ! sēvā kartē rahtē haĩ , kartē haĩ nā ! sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
449You continue to do service? 450You do that?
370क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
451Why?
371बाप कहते हैं मेरा एक-एक बच्चा पैगाम देने वाला पैगम्बर है . bāp kahtē haĩ mērā ēk-ēk bachchā paigām dēnē vālā paigambar hai . bāp kahtē haĩ[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paigām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paigambar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the Father says I[.kā] one child message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who messenger be[pres.sg.23] .
452The Father says: Each child of Mine is a messenger to give the message.
372पैगाम तो देते हो ना ! paigām tō dētē hō nā ! paigām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! message then give[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
453You give the message, do you not?
373तो हर बच्चा पैगम्बर है , पैगाम देने वाला है . tō har|her bachchā paigambar hai , paigām dēnē vālā hai . tō har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paigambar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , paigām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then (x|x[root]) child messenger be[pres.sg.23] , message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
454So, each child is a messenger, one who gives the message.
374किसी से भी मिलेंगे तो क्या बात करेंगे ? kisī sē bhī milē̃gē tō kyā bāt karē̃gē ? kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kyā bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? (anything|some) from too receive[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then what matter do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
455What will you speak about to anyone you meet?
375कम से कम अनुभव तो जरूर सुनायेंगे ना . kam sē kam anubhav tō jarūr sunāyēṅgē nā . kam sē kam[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō zarūr sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . at least experience then definitely speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
456At the very least, you will share your experience, will you not?
376तो सन्देश तो दिया ना ! tō sandēśh tō diyā nā ! tō sandēśh[x] tō dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! then message then give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ !
457So, you gave the message, did you not?
377तो बापदादा को भी अच्छा लगता है . tō bāpdādā kō bhī achchhā lagtā hai . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then BapDada to too enjoy .
458BapDada also likes it.
378और फॉरेनर्स को बापदादा खास क्यों याद करता है ? aur foreigners kō bāpdādā khās kyō̃ yād kartā hai ? aur foreigner kō[postp.] bāpdādā khās kyō̃ yād karnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? and foreigner to BapDada x why remember ?
459Why else does BapDada specially remember the foreigners?
379करते तो सभी बच्चों को हैं लेकिन फॉरेनर्स को खास भी याद करता है क्यों याद करता ? kartē tō sabhī bachchō̃ kō haĩ lēkin foreigners kō khās bhī yād kartā hai kyō̃ yād kartā ? karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin foreigner kō[postp.] khās bhī[p.] yād karnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyō̃ yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then all child to be[pres.pl.12hon3] but foreigner to x too remember why remembrance do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
460He remembers all the children, but He specially remembers the foreigners. 461Why does He remember them?
380कि यही एक ब्रह्माकुमारियों की स्टेज है जहाँ एक ही स्टेज पर सब भिन्न-भिन्न धर्म वाले , भिन्न-भिन्न डे्रस वाले , एक ही डे्रस वाले बन स्टेज पर बैठते हैं . ki yahī ēk brahmākumāriyō̃ kī|key stage hai jahā̃ ēk hī stage par sab bhinn-bhinn dharm vālē , bhinn-bhinn dress vālē , ēk hī dress vālē ban stage par baiṭhtē haĩ . ki[conj.] yahī[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key stage hōnā[pres.sg.23] jahā̃ ēk[adj.] hī[p.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] sab[adj.] bhinn[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , bhinn[adj.] dress vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] dress vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that this one Brahma Kumari (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage be[pres.sg.23] where there one only stage (at|other) all different religion those who , different dress those who , one only dress those who (x|become[root]) stage (at|other) sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
462Because it is only on the stage of the Brahma Kumaris that people from different religions and with different dress sit on the same stage by becoming those with the same dress.
381अभी आप किस ड्रेस में बैठते हैं ? abhī āp kis dress mē̃ baiṭhtē haĩ ? ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] dress mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? now you (what|who) dress in sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
463In which dress are you sitting here now?
382सफेद ड्रेस में बैठते हैं , तो धर्म मुस्लिम भी क्रिश्चियन भी , बौद्धी भी सब एक स्टेज पर बैठते हैं और एक परिवार के बन गये . saphēd dress mē̃ baiṭhtē haĩ , tō dharm muslim bhī kriściyan bhī , bauddhī bhī sab ēk stage par baiṭhtē haĩ aur ēk parivār kē|K ban gayē . saphēd[adj.] dress mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] muslim[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] Christian bhī[p.] , bauddh[adj.] bhī[p.] sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur ēk[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . white dress in sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then religion x too Christian too , Buddhist too all one stage (at|other) sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and one family (of|K) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
464You sit here in a white dress. 465So, whether it is the Muslim, Christian or Buddhist religions, all of them sit on the same stage, and have become those of one family.
383यह विशेषता बहुत अच्छी है . yah viśhēṣhtā bahut achchhī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this speciality very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
466This speciality is very good.
384सभी सेवा करते हो ना ! sabhī sēvā kartē hō nā ! sab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! all service do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
467All of you do service, do you not?
385अभी नया वर्ष आ रहा है ना तो नया वर्ष का फायदा उठाना , अपने अपने कनेक्शन वालों को यह बात सुनाना , गिफ्ट देना , कहना कि हमारी गिफ्ट न्यारी है . abhī nayā varṣh ā rahā hai nā tō nayā varṣh kā phāydā uṭhānā , apnē apnē connection vālō̃ kō yah bāt sunānā , gift dēnā , kahnā ki hamārī gift nyārī hai . ab[adv.hī] nayā varṣh[x] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā tō nayā varṣh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] connection vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , gift dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kī] gift nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now New Year come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ then New Year of profit uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] , one’s own one’s own connection those who to this matter speak[inf.m.sg.d.] , gift give[inf.m.sg.d.] , say[inf.m.sg.d.] that we[.kī] gift unique be[pres.sg.23] .
468Now the New Year is coming and so take the benefit of the New Year. 469Tell this to those in connection with you. 470Give them a gift and tell them that the gift you have given is unique.
386हर एक सम्बन्धी को , कनेक्शन वाले को मुबारक देने जाना और गिफ्ट देना कोई न कोई गुण या शक्ति की , कहना हम आपको सबसे न्यारी गिफ्ट देने आये हैं . har ēk sambandhī kō , connection vālē kō mubārak dēnē jānā aur gift dēnā kōī na kōī guṇ yā śhakti kī|key , kahnā ham āpkō sabsē nyārī gift dēnē āyē haĩ . har ēk[x] sambandhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , connection vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur gift dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kōī na kōī[x] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sabsē nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gift dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . each one relative to , connection those who to congratulations give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) and gift give[inf.m.sg.d.] one .. or another virtue or Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , say[inf.m.sg.d.] we you[.kō] the most unique gift give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
471Go and give congratulations and a gift of one or another virtue or power to each of your relatives and those in contact with you and tell them: I have come to give you the most unique gift of all.
387इस गिफ्ट से आपका वर्तमान और भविष्य बहुत अच्छा बन जायेगा उनको ऐसी अच्छी अच्छी बातें सुनाना . is gift sē āpkā vartamān aur bhaviṣhya bahut achchhā ban jāyēgā unkō aisī achchhī achchhī bātē̃ sunānā . yah[pn.sg.o.] gift sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] vartamān[adj.] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] vah[pn.pl.kō] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this gift from you[.kā] present and future very achcha become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] that[.kō] such achcha achcha matter speak[inf.m.sg.d.] . 388क्योंकि नया वर्ष एक चांस है सेवा करने का . kyōṅki nayā varṣh ēk chance hai sēvā karnē kā . kyōṅki nayā varṣh[x] ēk[adj.] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . because New Year one chance be[pres.sg.23] service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
472With this gift your present and your future will become very good. 473Tell them such good things because the New Year is also a chance to serve them.
389अच्छा बापदादा खुश है , फॉरेन सेवा पर खुश है . achchhā bāpdādā khuśh hai , foreign sēvā par khuśh hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , foreign sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , abroad service (at|other) happy be[pres.sg.23] .
474Achcha, BapDada is pleased; He is pleased with foreign service.
390संगठन भी अच्छा करते हैं . saṅgaṭhan bhī achchhā kartē haĩ . saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . gathering too achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
475You also have a good gathering.
391अभी और आगे बढ़ते जाना . abhī aur āgē baṛhtē jānā . ab[adv.hī] aur āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now and previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
476Now continue to move ahead even more.
392हर कार्य में आगे से आगे बढ़ते रहना . har|her kārya mē̃ āgē sē āgē baṛhtē rahnā . har|harnā[root]|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x|x[root]) task in previously from previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
477Continue to move ahead of everyone in every task.
393अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
478Achcha.
394पीछे बैठने वाले उठो . pīchhē baiṭhnē vālē uṭhō . pīchhē baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
479Those who are sitting at the back, stand up!
395पीछे बैठने वालों को बापदादा वरदान देते हैं मधुबन में मेले में आये हो ना . pīchhē baiṭhnē vālō̃ kō bāpdādā vardān dētē haĩ madhuban mē̃ mēlē mē̃ āyē hō nā . pīchhē baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā . x sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to BapDada blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Madhuban in fair in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ .
480BapDada is giving a blessing to those who are sitting at the back. 481You have come to the gathering in Madhuban, have you not?
396तो मधुबन के मेले में जो भी आये हैं , पीछे बैठने को मिला है तो ऐसे नहीं समझना कि हम पीछे वाले हैं , जो पीछे बैठे हैं ना वह बाप के दिल में हैं . tō madhuban kē|K mēlē mē̃ jō bhī āyē haĩ , pīchhē baiṭhnē kō milā hai tō aisē nahī̃ samajhnā ki ham pīchhē vālē haĩ , jō pīchhē baiṭhē haĩ nā vah bāp kē|K dil mē̃ haĩ . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , pīchhē baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] pīchhē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Madhuban (of|K) fair in that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] to receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then it isn't that understand[inf.m.sg.d.] that we x those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that x sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ that father (of|K) heart in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
482All those who have come to the gathering in Madhuban and have got a seat at the back, do not think that you are those at the back. 483Those who are sitting at the back are in the Father's heart.
397 ( आने वाले 22 हजार से ऊपर हैं , टोटल 25 हजार का ग्रुप है , बाहर सब जगह बैठे हैं ) भले आये , मौसम को नहीं देखा , जगह को नहीं देखा , सर्दी को नहीं देखा , टेन्ट में भी सोये हैं . ( ānē vālē 22 hajār sē ūpar haĩ , total 25 hajār kā group hai , bāhar sab jagah baiṭhē haĩ ) bhalē āyē , mausam kō nahī̃ dēkhā , jagah kō nahī̃ dēkhā , sardī kō nahī̃ dēkhā , tent mē̃ bhī sōyē haĩ . ( ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 22 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ūpar hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , total 25 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāhar sab[adj.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , mausam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , jagah[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sardī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tent mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . ( (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who 22 1000 from over be[pres.pl.12hon3] , total 25 1000 of group be[pres.sg.23] , outside all x sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) benefit (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , x to not see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x to not see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , cold to not see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x in too sleep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
484(Over 22,000 came. 485Total group was 25,000 and people are even sitting outside and in other places.) 486Welcome; you didn't consider the weather or the accommodation. 487You didn't think about the cold. 488You even slept in tents.
398जो टेन्ट में सोये हैं ना , बापदादा सभी टेन्ट में खास चक्र लगाने आया था . jō tent mē̃ sōyē haĩ nā , bāpdādā sabhī tent mē̃ khās chakra lagānē āyā thā . jō[pn.;d.] tent mē̃[postp.] sōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā , bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] tent mē̃[postp.] khās chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[past-perf.m.sg.] . that x in sleep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , BapDada all x in x (cycle|x) attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[past-perf.m.sg.] .
489Those who were sleeping in the tents, BapDada specially went on a tour of all the tents.
399पीछे बैठे हुए को बापदादा अपने दिल में समाते हैं . pīchhē baiṭhē huē kō bāpdādā apnē dil mē̃ samātē haĩ . pīchhē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] to BapDada one’s own heart in merge[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
490BapDada merges in His heart all those who are sitting at the back.
400इसलिए बापदादा का जो भी जहाँ बैठे हैं वहाँ उन्हों को बापदादा सामने नयनों में समाकर यादप्यार भी दे रहे हैं , मुबारक भी दे रहे हैं . isliē bāpdādā kā jō bhī jahā̃ baiṭhē haĩ vahā̃ unhō̃ kō bāpdādā sāmnē nayanō̃ mē̃ samākar yādpyār bhī dē rahē haĩ , mubārak bhī dē rahē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jahā̃ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vahā̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā sāmnē nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[abs.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore BapDada of that too where there sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] there that to BapDada x eye in merge[abs.] love, remembrance too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
491This is why wherever any one is sitting, BapDada merges them in His eyes and is giving them love, remembrance and congratulations.
401अभी तो दिनप्रतिदिन अपना ब्राह्मण परिवार बढ़ना ही है . abhī tō dinpratidin apnā brāhmaṇ parivār baṛhnā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] tō pratidin apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now then day by day (adopt[root]|one’s own) Brahmin family grow[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
492Now, day by day, our Brahmin family is going to get larger.
402तो बापदादा भी परिवार को देख खुश होते हैं , वाह ईश्वरीय परमात्म परिवार वाह ! tō bāpdādā bhī parivār kō dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ , vāh īśhvarīy paramātma parivār vāh ! tō bāpdādā bhī[p.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vāh īśhvarīy[adj.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh ! then BapDada too family to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , wah! Godly Supreme Soul family wah! !
493So, seeing the family, BapDada is pleased. 494Wah the Godly spiritual family! 495Wah!
403अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
496Achcha.
404आज 12 बजे तक बैठना है . āj 12 bajē tak baiṭhnā hai . āj 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tak baiṭhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . today 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) until sit[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
497Today, we are going to sit till 12 midnight.
405साथ बैठने का चांस है . sāth baiṭhnē kā chance hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . with sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance be[pres.sg.23] .
498It is a chance to sit together.
406अभी चारों ओर के देश विदेश के हर एक बाप के प्यारे , बाप के लाडले , बाप के सिकीलधे बच्चों को विदाई और बधाई . abhī chārō̃ ōr kē|K dēśh vidēśh kē|K har ēk bāp kē|K pyārē , bāp kē|K lāḍlē , bāp kē|K sikīladhē bachchō̃ kō vidāī aur badhāī . ab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K har ēk[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sikīladhē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . now everywhere (of|K) land abroad (of|K) each one father (of|K) loving , father (of|K) x , father (of|K) beloved, long-lost and now-found child to farewell and greetings .
499Now, to all the children from this land and abroad who are loved by the Father, the beloved children of the Father, the Father's long- lost and now-found children, farewell and congratulations.
407और बापदादा ने सुनाया कि पुराने वर्ष के साथ पुराने संस्कार को भी विदाई देने वाले , स्वभाव को भी विदाई देने वाले महावीर बच्चे , हर कदम में पदमों की कमाई करने वाले बापदादा जो सदा स्वमान देते हैं , उस स्वमान की स्थिति में रह अनुभव करने वाले , हर एक बच्चे को बापदादा ऐसे रूप में देखते कि यह एक एक बच्चा 21 जन्म के वर्से के अधिकारी , सारे कल्प में 21 जन्म के अधिकारी बनने का वर्सा आप बच्चों को ही मिलता है . aur bāpdādā nē sunāyā ki purānē varṣh kē sāth purānē saṅskār kō bhī vidāī dēnē vālē , svabhāv kō bhī vidāī dēnē vālē mahāvīr bachchē , har|her kadam mē̃ padamō̃ kī|key kamāī karnē vālē bāpdādā jō sadā svamān dētē haĩ , us svamān kī|key sthiti mē̃ rah anubhav karnē vālē , har ēk bachchē kō bāpdādā aisē rūp mē̃ dēkhtē ki yah ēk ēk bachchā 21 janm kē|K varsē kē|K adhikārī , sārē kalp mē̃ 21 janm kē|K adhikārī bannē kā varsā āp bachchō̃ kō hī miltā hai . aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , har|harnā[root]|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padam[-o-nom-masculin] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā jō[pn.;d.] sadā svamān[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.o.] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and BapDada ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that old year with old sanskar to too farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , nature to too farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who Mahavir child , (x|x[root]) step in multimillion (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who BapDada that constantly self-respect give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage in remain[root] experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , each one child to BapDada such Rup in see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that this one one child 21 (life|be born[root]) (of|K) inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right , the whole cycle in 21 (life|be born[root]) (of|K) (one) who has a right become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of inheritance you child to only receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
500BapDada has told you that, together with saying farewell to the old year, you are also going to bid farewell to the old sanskars. 501To mahavir children who also bid farewell to the old nature, those who earn an income of multimillions at every step, to those who remain stable in the self-respect that BapDada always gives and who experience that -BapDada sees each child in the form of the child having a right to the inheritance for 21 births. 502Throughout the whole cycle, it is only you children who have a right to the inheritance of 21 births.
408तो ऐसे श्रेष्ठ अधिकारी चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा , बाप शिक्षक और गुरू के रूप से तीनों ही रूपों से यादप्यार और नमस्ते दे रहा है . tō aisē śhrēṣhṭh adhikārī chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā , bāp śhikṣhak aur gurū kē|K rūp sē tīnō̃ hī rūpō̃ sē yādpyār aur namastē dē rahā hai . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhikṣhak[x] aur gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] rūp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then such elevated (one) who has a right everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada , father teacher and guru (of|K) Rup from all three only Rup from love, remembrance and x give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
503BapDada in all three forms of the Father, Teacher and Satguru is giving all such elevated children who have a right love, remembrance and namaste.
409दादी रूकमणी से : अच्छा है शरीर को चलाना आता है . dādī rūkmaṇī sē : achchhā hai śharīr kō chalānā ātā hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rukmaṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Dadi x from : achcha be[pres.sg.23] body to x[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] .
504To Dadi Rukshmani: It is good you know how to manage your body.
410मन की जवानी है , मन जवान है . man kī|key javānī hai , man javān hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key javānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] javān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) adulthood be[pres.sg.23] , mind young be[pres.sg.23] .
505You have youth of the mind; the mind is young.
411अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
506It is good.
412लेकिन सेवा की साथी तो बनकर रही है ना . lēkin sēvā kī|key sāthī tō bankar rahī hai nā . lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[abs.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . but service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) companion then become[abs.] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
507However, you have been a companion in service.
413अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
508Achcha.
414परदादी से : अच्छा है इसको भी चलना अच्छा आता है . pardādī sē : achchhā hai iskō bhī chalnā achchhā ātā hai . pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Dadi Nirmal Shanta from : achcha be[pres.sg.23] this[.kō] too continue[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha come[pres.sg.m.23] .
509Par Dadi: It is good. 510This one also knows how to manage herself well.
415चलाने वाले भी अच्छे हैं चलना भी अच्छा आता है . chalānē vālē bhī achchhē haĩ chalnā bhī achchhā ātā hai . chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] continue[inf.m.sg.d.] too achcha come[pres.sg.m.23] .
511The ones who look after you are good and you know how to manage yourself well.
416तीनों भाईयों से : नये वर्ष में कुछ नया करके दिखायेंगे ना . tīnō̃ bhāīyō̃ sē : nayē varṣh mē̃ kuchh nayā karkē dikhāyēṅgē nā . tīnō̃[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . all three brother from : new year in anything new do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
512To the three senior brothers: In the New Year, you will demonstrate something new by doing it, will you not?
417 ( नये वर्ष में क्या नवीनता करना है ? ( nayē varṣh mē̃ kyā navīntā karnā hai ? ( nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? ( new year in what newness do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
513(What newness do we have to bring about in the New Year?)
418) एक तो परिवार को अपनी स्थिति में पावरफुल बनाने के प्लैन और दूसरा सेवा में नये नये प्रकार के , जैसे फंक्शन किया , यह भी एक तरीका हुआ लेकिन अभी दूसरे प्रकार से कोई ग्रुप-ग्रुप को उन्हों का बड़ा संगठन करके जैसे वकील है , जज है , उनके ग्रुप को अलग सारे ज़ोन को इकठ्ठा करे एक बड़े स्थान पर और हों अलग-अलग वर्ग के लेकिन ज़ोन वाइज हर वर्ग के इकठ्ठे हो . ) ēk tō parivār kō apnī sthiti mē̃ powerful banānē kē|K plan aur dūsrā sēvā mē̃ nayē nayē prakār kē|K , jaisē function kiyā , yah bhī ēk tarīkā huā lēkin abhī dūsrē prakār sē kōī group-group kō unhō̃ kā baṛā saṅgaṭhan karkē jaisē vakīl hai , judge hai , unkē group kō alag sārē zone kō ikaṭhṭhā karē ēk baṛē sthān par aur hō̃ alag-alag varg kē|K lēkin zone -wise har|her varg kē|K ikaṭhṭhē hō . ) ēk[adj.] tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] powerful banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] function karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] group kō[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[abs.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vakīl[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , judge hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.kē] group kō[postp.] alag[adj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone kō[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] ēk[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] aur hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] alag[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēkin zone wise har|harnā[root]|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ) one then family to one’s own stage in powerful create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) plan and other service in new new form (of|K) , like x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this too one method be[past-part.m.sg.d.] but now other form from some group to that of very gathering do[abs.] like lawyer be[pres.sg.23] , judge be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kē] group to separate the whole zone to together do[opt.sg.23] one very place (at|other) and be[opt.pl.12hon3] separate profession (of|K) but zone x (x|x[root]) profession (of|K) together (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
514One is to make a plan to make the family powerful with your own stage, and secondly, just as you had functions in new ways, that is also one method, but now, in another way, make a big gathering group-wise of lawyers, judges - gather together people from different professions, from one zone in one big place.
419ऐसा बड़ा संगठन , भले टेंट लगाओ बड़े स्थान पर लेकिन ऐसा-ऐसा एक एक ग्रुप की रिजल्ट निकालो और उनका कनेक्शन जोड़ो कि इसके बाद आपको क्या करना है . aisā baṛā saṅgaṭhan , bhalē tent lagāō baṛē sthān par lēkin aisā-aisā ēk ēk group kī|key result nikālō aur unkā connection jōṛō ki iskē bād āpkō kyā karnā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] , bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tent lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] group karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.pl.kā] connection jōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.kē] bād āp[pn.pl.kō] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . such very gathering , benefit x attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] very place (at|other) but such one one group (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that[.kā] connection connect[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this[.kē] after you[.kō] what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
515Have such a big gathering, and you may put up tents in the big places, but now give the result of such groups, and make connection with them letting them know what they have to do after this.
420भाषण सुनकर चले जावें नहीं , लेकिन भाषण के बाद आप जितने भी चाहें यह यह कर सकते हो और उनका प्रोग्राम बनाओ कि कनेक्शन में रहें , फोन द्वारा कनेक्शन रखें , लिखापढ़ी द्वारा रखें , कनेक्शन उसका बढ़ता जाए . bhāṣhaṇ sunkar chalē jāvē̃ nahī̃ , lēkin bhāṣhaṇ kē bād āp jitnē bhī chāhē̃ yah yah kar saktē hō aur unkā programme banāō ki connection mē̃ rahē̃ , phone dvārā connection rakhē̃ , likhāpaṛhī dvārā rakhē̃ , connection uskā baṛhtā jāē . bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3.passive] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] āp[pn.pl.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] chāhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] aur vah[pn.pl.kā] programme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] connection mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , phone dvārā connection rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , likhā-paṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , connection vah[pn.sg.kā] baṛhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . lecture listen[abs.] (continue[opt.pl.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[opt.pl.12hon3.passive]) not , but lecture after you the more too x[opt.pl.12hon3] this this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] and that[.kā] programme create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that connection in remain[opt.pl.12hon3] , x through connection keep[opt.pl.12hon3] , read or write through keep[opt.pl.12hon3] , connection that[.kā] grow[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
516They should not go away having heard the lecture, but, after the lecture, tell them what else they can do, and make their programme so that they stay in connection. 517Stay in connection via the phone, via correspondence so that their connection increases.
421एक एक प्रोग्राम बड़े-बड़े स्थान पर हो . ēk ēk programme baṛē-baṛē sthān par hō . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] programme baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one one programme very place (at|other) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
518Make each of these programmes in big places.
422कहाँ वकीलों का रखो , कहाँ नेताओं का रखो . kahā̃ vakīlō̃ kā rakhō , kahā̃ nētāō̃ kā rakhō . kahā̃ vakīl[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kahā̃ nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . where lawyer of keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , where founder of keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
519In some places, have a programme of lawyers, in another place of politicians.
423ऐसे बड़े-बड़े स्थान पर ग्रुप को नजदीक लाओ , मिक्स ग्रुप भी हो . aisē baṛē-baṛē sthān par group kō najdīk lāō , mix group bhī hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] group kō[postp.] nazdīk lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mix group bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such very place (at|other) group to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x group too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
520Bring the groups closer at such big places; it can also be mixed groups.
424दोनों प्रकार का कर सकते हो , एक वर्ग का ग्रुप होता है तो सबका अटेन्शन जाता है . dōnō̃ prakār kā kar saktē hō , ēk varg kā group hōtā hai tō sabkā attention jātā hai . dōnō̃ prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , ēk[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . x form of do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , one profession of group be[pres.sg.m.23] then everyone's attention go[pres.sg.m.23] .
521You can have both types. 522If it is a group of one wing, everyone's attention goes there.
425मिक्स करने से अटेन्शन कम जाता है . mix karnē sē attention cum|kam jātā hai . mix karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] attention cum|kam[adj.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from attention (x|less) go[pres.sg.m.23] .
523When you mix it, there is less attention drawn.
426दोनों करके देखो . dōnō̃ karkē dēkhō . dōnō̃ karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
524Try out both and see.
427एक जगह वह करो , एक जगह वह करो दोनों की रिजल्ट देखो फिर आगे का प्रोग्राम बनाओ . ēk jagah vah karō , ēk jagah vah karō dōnō̃ kī|key result dēkhō phir āgē kā programme banāō . ēk[adj.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dōnō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] āgē kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one x that do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one x that do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (turn[root]|then) previously of programme create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
525In one place have one type of gathering and in another place, have another, see the results of both and then make further programmes.
428ओमेक्स कम्पन्नी के चेयरमैन भ्राता रोहतास गोयल तथा उनके परिवार से : ōmēksa company kē|K chairman bhrātā rōhatās gōyal tathā unkē parivār sē : x company kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chairman bhrātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] x x tathā vah[pn.pl.kē] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] : x company (of|K) x brother x x and that[.kē] family from :
526Meeting chairman of Omax - Brother Rohtas Goyal and his family.
429जैसे बिल्डिंग का काम सफल हो रहा है ना , ऐसे यह सेवा का काम भी सफल करना . jaisē building kā kām saphal hō rahā hai nā , aisē yah sēvā kā kām bhī saphal karnā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] building kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] saphal[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . like house of (task|lust) successful be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ , such this service of (task|lust) too successful do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
527Just as your work of construction is successful, in the same way, make the work of this service successful.
430जहाँ भी जाओ वहाँ सन्देश दे दो . jahā̃ bhī jāō vahā̃ sandēśh dē dō . jahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vahā̃ sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . where there too go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] there message give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
528Wherever you go, give them the message.
431जाना तो है ही तो सन्देश तो दे सकते हो . jānā tō hai hī tō sandēśh tō dē saktē hō . jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] tō sandēśh[x] tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) then be[pres.sg.23] only then message then give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
529You have to go to other places and so you can also give them the message.
432सेन्टर्स की बहनें कोर्स करावे लेकिन आप सन्देश दो . centres kī|key bahanē̃ course karāvē lēkin āp sandēśh dō . centre karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] course karānā[opt.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sandēśh[x] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . centre (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x course make commit[opt.sg.23] but you message (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
530The sisters at the centres can give the course and you can give the message.
433तो आपको जो अनुभव हुआ है , वो अनुभव सुनाओ . tō āpkō jō anubhav huā hai , vō anubhav sunāō . tō āp[pn.pl.kō] jō[pn.;d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.;d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then you[.kō] that experience be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that experience speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
531Share the experiences that you have had.
434आप कनेक्शन रखो और दूसरों का कनेक्शन जुडवाओ . āp connection rakhō aur dūsrō̃ kā connection juḍvāō . āp[pn.pl.] connection rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] connection juṛvānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you connection keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and other of connection x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
532You stay in connection and also forge the connection of others.
435अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
533It is good.
436सभी मिलके सन्देश वाहक बनो , जायेंगे सेन्टर पर . sabhī milkē sandēśh vāhak banō , jāyēṅgē centre par . sab[adv.hī] milnā[abs.] sandēśh[x] vāhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] . all receive[abs.] message x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] centre (at|other) .
534All of you together can become the message carriers; you can go to the centres.
437एड्रेस दो , फोन पर कनेक्शन रखो बस . address dō , phone par connection rakhō bas . address dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phone par[postp.]|par[adj.] connection rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] basnā[root]|bas . address (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , x (at|other) connection keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[root]|simply) .
535Give them an address. 536Simply stay in connection by phone.
438पैगम्बर बनो , पैगाम दो . paigambar banō , paigām dō . paigambar[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , paigām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . messenger become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , message (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
537Become a messenger and give the message.
439सभी अच्छे हैं . sabhī achchhē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
538All of you are good.
440सभी सेवा कर सकते हैं . sabhī sēvā kar saktē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . all service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
539All of you can do service.
441सभी अच्छे हैं , उमंग उत्साह में हैं उन्हों को सन्देश देकर उमंग दिलाओ . sabhī achchhē haĩ , umaṅg utsāh mē̃ haĩ unhō̃ kō sandēśh dēkar umaṅg dilāō . sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[abs.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , zeal enthusiasm in be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to message give[abs.] zeal x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
540All are good. 541They have zeal and enthusiasm, and so give them the message and give them encouragement.
442दुःखी हैं उन्हों को सुख का सन्देश दो . duḥkhī haĩ unhō̃ kō sukh kā sandēśh dō . duḥkhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hurt[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that to happiness of message (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
542Give a message of happiness to those who are unhappy.
443देखो , यह आयु में भी अनुभवी है तो बहुत सेवा कर सकते हैं . dēkhō , yah āyu mē̃ bhī anubhavī hai tō bahut sēvā kar saktē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] āyu[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this x in too experienced be[pres.sg.23] then very service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
543Look, even age-wise, he is experienced and so he can do a lot of service.
4442009 की विदाई 2010 की बधाई - रात्रि 12 बजे के बाद : 2009 kī|key vidāī 2010 kī|key badhāī - rātri 12 bajē kē bād : 2009 karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 2010 karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] - rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē bād[x] : 2009 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) farewell 2010 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings - night 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) after :
544At midnight - Farewell to 2009 and Greetings for 2010.
445सभी ने हैपी न्यु ईयर कहा , लेकिन हम आप सभी के लिए सदा हैपी है , आज की दुनिया के हिसाब से हैपी न्यु ईयर किया लेकिन संगमयुग का हर दिन हमारा उत्सव है . sabhī nē happy new year kahā , lēkin ham āp sabhī kē liē sadā happy hai , āj kī|key duniyā kē|K hisāb sē happy new year kiyā lēkin saṅgamyug kā har|her din hamārā utsav hai . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] happy new year[x] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin ham[pn.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kē liē[x] sadā happy hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āj karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] happy new year[x] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] har|harnā[root]|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] utsav[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all ∅ x New Year say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , but we you all for constantly x be[pres.sg.23] , today (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) world (of|K) account from x New Year do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but confluence age of (x|x[root]) day we[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] .
545All of you said Happy New Year, but for all of us, it is always happy. 546According to today's world, we celebrated the Happy New Year, but every day of the confluence age for us is a festival.
446सदा उत्सव रहता है क्योंकि उत्साह रहता है . sadā utsav rahtā hai kyōṅki utsāh rahtā hai . sadā utsav[x] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . constantly x remain[pres.sg.m.23] because enthusiasm remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
547It is always a festival because you have that enthusiasm.
447संगमयुग का हैपी संगमयुग है . saṅgamyug kā happy saṅgamyug hai . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] happy saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . confluence age of x confluence age be[pres.sg.23] .
548It is the happy confluence of the confluence age.
448तो आप सभी को बहुत-बहुत-बहुत परिवर्तन की मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . tō āp sabhī kō bahut-bahut-bahut parivartan kī|key mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bahut parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you all to very transformation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
549Many, many, many congratulations, congratulations, congratulations to all of you for your transformation.
449जैसे नया वर्ष है वैसे नये संस्कार , पुराने संस्कार को विदाई और नये संस्कार का आगमन इसीलिए सदा ही हर्षित है और सदा ही हर्षित रहेंगे , हमारे लिए आपके लिए हर वर्ष कल्याणकारी है , आगे बढ़ने बढ़ाने वाला है इसलिए सदा हैपी , हैपी , हैपी . jaisē nayā varṣh hai vaisē nayē saṅskār , purānē saṅskār kō vidāī aur nayē saṅskār kā āgaman isīliē sadā hī harṣhit hai aur sadā hī harṣhit rahē̃gē , hamārē liē āpkē liē har|her varṣh kalyāṇkārī hai , āgē baṛhnē baṛhānē vālā hai isliē sadā happy , happy , happy . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā varṣh[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] , purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgaman[n.m.;sg.,d.] isīliē sadā hī[p.] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sadā hī[p.] harṣhit[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē har|harnā[root]|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē sadā happy , happy , happy . like New Year be[pres.sg.23] x new sanskar , old sanskar to farewell and new sanskar of welcome x constantly only cheerful be[pres.sg.23] and constantly only cheerful remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , we[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) (x|x[root]) year beneficial be[pres.sg.23] , previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] therefore constantly x , x , x .
550Just as it is the New Year, in the same way, it is new sanskars and so farewell to the old sanskars and welcome to the new sanskars. 551Therefore, you are constantly cheerful and will always remain cheerful. 552For us and for you, every year is benevolent. 553It makes us move forward and enables others to move forward and this is why it is always happy, happy, happy.